As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12,September 27, 2004.

Registration No. 333-          333-115434


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 4

To

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware 8742 01-0666114

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification Number)

550 West Van Buren Street

Chicago, Illinois 60607

(312) 583-8700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Ronald C. Provenzano, Esq.Gary E. Holdren

Vice President, Chief LegalExecutive Officer and SecretaryPresident

Huron Consulting Group Inc.

550 West Van Buren Street

Chicago, Illinois 60607

(312) 583-8700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies To:

Charles W. Mulaney, Jr., Esq. Herbert S. Wander, Esq.
Kimberly A. deBeers, Esq. Adam R. Klein, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman
333 West Wacker Drive 525 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606 Chicago, Illinois 60661
(312) 407-0700 (312) 902-5200

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement number for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.  ¨


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common stock, par value $.01 per share

  $100,000,000  $12,670

(1)Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholder may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the selling stockholder are soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS Subject to Completion May 12,September 27, 2004

 

5,000,000 Shares

 

Huron Consulting Group Inc.LOGO

 

Common Stock

 


 

This is the initial public offering of shares of our common stock.stock of Huron Consulting Group Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We are offering 3,333,333 shares of common stock and the selling stockholder identified in this prospectus is offering 1,666,667 shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares by the selling stockholder. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $$14.00 and $$16.00 per share.

 

We intend to applyhave applied for the quotation of our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “HURN.”

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in “Risk factors” beginning on page 913 of this prospectus.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

   Per Share  Total

Public offering price  $                      $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions  $                      $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us  $                      $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder  $                      $                

 

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholder at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions will be $             and total proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder will be $             .

 

The underwriters are offering the common stock as set forth under “Underwriting.” Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                     , 2004.

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

UBS Investment Bank Deutsche Bank Securities

 


 

William Blair & Company



 

You should only rely on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we, the selling stockholder nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholder are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accuratecurrent only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of common stock.prospectus.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Prospectus summary

  1

Risk factors

  913

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

  1925

Use of proceeds

  2026

Dividend policy

  2028

Capitalization

  2129

Dilution

  2331

Selected consolidated financial and other operating data

  2533

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

  2836

Business

  4354

Management

  5566

Certain relationships and related transactions

  6678

Principal and selling stockholders

  6885

Description of capital stock

  7087

Shares eligible for future sale

  7794

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of our common stock

  7996

Underwriting

  8299

Legal matters

  86103

Experts

  86103

Where you can find additional information

  86103

Index to financial statements

  F-1

 

Through and including                     , 2004 (the 25th day after commencement of this offering), federal securities law may require all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

Huron Consulting Group Inc., Huron Consulting Group, our logo and certain other names of our services are our trademarks, trade names or service marks. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus belongs to its holder.

 


 

i


Prospectus summary

 

The following is a summary of some of the information contained in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk factors” and the consolidated financial statements and notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Huron,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Huron Consulting Group Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

OUR BUSINESS

 

We are an independent provider of financial and operational consulting services. Our highly experienced and credentialed professionals employ their expertise in accounting, finance, economics and operations to provide our clients with specialized analysis and customized advice and solutions that are tailored to address each client’s particular challenges and opportunities.

 

We provide our services through two segments: Financial Consulting and Operational Consulting. Our Financial Consulting segment helps clients effectively address complex challenges that arise from litigation, disputes, investigations, regulation, financial distress and other sources of significant conflict or change. Our services in this segment include financial and economic analysis; forensic accounting; expert support and testimony services; restructuring, turnaround and bankruptcy advisory services; and valuation analysis. Our Operational Consulting segment helps clients improve the overall efficiency and effectiveness of their operations, reduce costs, manage regulatory compliance and maximize procurement efficiency. For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, we derived 68.9% and 61.6%62.3%, respectively, of our revenues from Financial Consulting and 31.1% and 38.4%37.7%, respectively, of our revenues from Operational Consulting.

 

ManyWe believe many organizations are facing increasingly large and complex business disputes and lawsuits, a growing number of regulatory and internal investigations and more intense public scrutiny. Concurrently, we believe increased competition and regulation are presenting significant operational and financial challenges for organizations. Distressed companies are responding to these challenges by restructuring and reorganizing their businesses and capital structures, while financially healthy organizations are striving to take advantage of business opportunities by improving operations, reducing costs and maximizing revenue. Many organizations have limited dedicated resources to respond effectively to these challenges and opportunities. Consequently, we believe these organizations will increasingly seek to augment their internal resources with experienced independent consultants like us.

 

We provide our services to a wide variety of both financially sound and distressed organizations, including Fortune 500 companies, medium-sized and large businesses, leading academic institutions, healthcare organizations and the law firms that represent these various organizations. Since May 2002, we have conducted over 1,000 engagements for over 500 clients, and we have worked on engagements with 35 of the 40 largest U.S. law firms listed inThe American Lawyer 20032004 Am Law 100.

 

As of March 31,September 17, 2004, we had 588604 employees, including 483486 billable professionals, whom we refer to as consultants. In addition to our headquarters in Chicago, we have five other core offices located in Boston, Houston, New York City, San Francisco and Washington, D.C. and two smaller offices located in Charlotte and Los Angeles.

 

1


OUR HISTORY

 

Huron was formed in March 2002 and commenced operations in May 2002. We were founded by a core group of experienced financial and operational consultants that consisted primarily of former Arthur

Andersen LLP partners and professionals, including our chief executive officer, Gary E. Holdren, with

1


equity sponsorship from a group of investors led by Lake Capital Management LLC. For purposes of holding their investment in us, these investors formed our parent, HCG Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. HCG Holdings LLC, which is the selling stockholder in this offering, currently owns approximately 93% of our outstanding common stock. After giving effect to this offering (without giving effect to the underwriters’ over-allotment option) and the issuance of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus, HCG Holdings LLC will own approximately 59% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, HCG Holdings LLC will continue to have the power to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval after the consummation of this offering. After giving effect to this offering (without giving effect to the underwriters’ over-allotment option), the issuance of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus and the grant to each of our four independent directors of options exercisable for 13,333 shares of common stock, assuming a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, our executive officers, board members and director nominees will collectively own approximately 6% of our outstanding common stock, assuming all outstanding options that will be vested at the time of consummation of this offering, including the options held by these persons, were exercised and that the exercise price was paid in cash. See “Prospectus summary—Background and certain transactions,” “Certain relationships and related transactions” and “Principal and selling stockholders” for further information.

We created Huron because we believed that a financial and operational consulting business that is unaffiliated with a public accounting firm is better suited to serve its clients’ needs. As an independent consulting firm, Huron is not subject to the legal restrictions placed on public accounting firms that prohibit them from providing certain non-audit services to their audit clients. We also believed that many other consulting firms provided only a limited scope of services and, therefore, a company such as ours with a wide array of services would be better positioned to serve the diverse and complex needs of various organizations.

 

In response to strong demand for our services, we began aggressively hiring consultants in the first quarter of 2003 and added over 200 new consultants during 2003. While this aggressive hiring negatively impacted our utilization rates (determined by dividing the number of hours all of our consultants worked on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours for all of our consultants during the same period, assuming a forty-hour work week, less paid holidays and vacation days) as we integrated our new hires, we believe the early results of this growth initiative are evident in our recent financial results. Revenues in 2002 totaled $35.1 million for our first eight months of operations and rose to $101.5 million in 2003, our first full year of operations. Revenues totaled $40.1$81.6 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 compared to $23.2$46.9 million in the threesix months ended MarchJune 30, 2003, representing 74.0% year-over-year growth. We incurred a net loss of $4.2 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002 and a net loss of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 representing 72.8% year-over-year growth.and generated net income of $7.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2004 compared to $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003. At June 30, 2004, we had a total stockholders’ deficit of $0.2 million.

 

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

 

We believe our key competitive strengths include:

 

Ø Experienced and highly qualified consultants.    Our consultants combine proficiency in accounting, finance, economics and operations with deep knowledge of specific industries. In addition, many of our consultants are highly credentialed and include certified public accountants, MBAs, accredited valuation specialists and forensic accountants.

 

Ø Independent provider of financial and operational consulting services.    We believe increased regulations, growing public scrutiny and concern regarding auditor conflicts of interests provide us with a competitive advantage over public accounting firms in securing consulting

2


engagements. We also believe that the relatively small number of large public accounting firms will lead some organizations to engage independent consultants like us to preserve their flexibility to hire large public accounting firms for audit or other attest services.

 

Ø Complementary service offerings and integrated approach.    We offer a broad array of financial and operational consulting services that can be delivered through teams of consultants from our different practices. Our integrated approach enables us to provide solutions tailored to specific client needs. In addition, our range of service offerings reduces our dependence on any one service offering or industry, provides a stimulating work environment for our consultants and enhances our flexibility in managing the utilization and career development of our directors, managers, associates and analysts.

 

Ø Distinctive culture.    We believe we have been successful in attracting and retaining top talent because of our distinctive culture, which combines the energy and flexibility of a high-growth company with the professionalism of a major professional services firm. We believe our performance-based compensation program, which both recognizes individual performance and reinforces teamwork, also contributes to our recruiting and retention success.

 

2


OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

 

We have grown significantly since we commenced operations, more than doubling the number of our consultants from 213 on May 31, 2002 to 483486 on March 31,September 17, 2004. We believe there are a number of opportunities to continue to grow our business, including:

 

Ø Attracting additional highly qualified consultants.    We believe our stimulating work environment, performance-based compensation program and distinctive culture will enable us to attract additional top talent from other consulting firms, accounting firms, targeted industries and on-campus recruiting. In the near term, our focus will primarily be on hiring and developing additional managers, associates and analysts to expand support for our existing practices and better leverage our managing directors and directors.

 

Ø Growing our existing relationships and developing new relationships.    We work hard to maintain and grow our existing client and law firm relationships. The goodwill created from these relationships leads to referrals from satisfied clients and their law firms, which also enables us to secure engagements with new clients.

 

Ø Continuing to promote and deliver an integrated approach to service delivery.    We will continue to utilize our experience with the financial and operational challenges facing our clients to identify and provide additional value-added services as part of an integrated solution. Frequently, a particular engagement is expanded or a new engagement secured with an existing client as a direct result of our quality work for that client.

 

Ø Continuing to build our brand.    We intend to continue to build our reputation and a common identity for the services we provide under the Huron brand name. We believe that using a common brand name and identity for our services enhances our visibility in the marketplace and improves our ability to compete for new business.

 

Ø Expanding our service offerings.    We believe there will be opportunities to expand our current capabilities or broaden the scope of our existing services, and we will evaluate these in response to client and general market demands.

 

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS AND GROWTH STRATEGY

While we believe focusing on the key areas set forth above will provide us with opportunities to reach our goals, there are a number of risks and uncertainties that may limit our ability to achieve our goals, including that:

Øour success depends largely on our ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled individuals in an industry where there is great competition for talent;

Øgrowing our business places demands on our management and internal systems, processes and controls, and the increased costs associated with successfully managing these demands may adversely affect our profitability;

3


Øour profitability depends to a large extent on the utilization and billing rates for our consultants, which are affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control;

Øour ability to maintain and attract new business depends upon our reputation, the professional reputation of our consultants and the quality of our services, and any factor that diminishes our reputation or that of our consultants or calls into question the quality of our services could make it substantially more difficult for us to attract new engagements and clients;

Øour ability to build our brand could be negatively impacted if another company were to successfully challenge our right to use the Huron name, or if we were unable to prevent a competitor from using a name that is similar to our name; and

Øour industry includes a large number of participants and is intensely competitive, and, if we are unable to compete successfully, our financial results will be adversely affected.

For more information about these and other risks related to our business and an investment in our common stock, see “Risk factors” beginning on page 13. You should consider carefully all of these risks before making an investment in our common stock.

BACKGROUND AND CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

HCG HOLDINGSHoldings LLC

HCG Holdings LLC, our parent and the selling stockholder, is controlled by Lake Capital Partners LP and Lake Capital Management LLC. The remaining equity interests in HCG Holdings LLC are held by certain other institutional investors, some of our executive officers and 24 of our other managing directors, each of our board members, a director nominee and 31 other holders. Our executive officers, board members and the director nominee holding interests in HCG Holdings LLC are Gary Holdren, our Chief Executive Officer and a board member, George Massaro, our Chief Operating Officer and a board member, Gary Burge, our Chief Financial Officer, Daniel Broadhurst, our Vice President, and John McCartney, a director nominee. These individuals collectively hold 2.1% of the common interests and 2.3% of the preferred interests in HCG Holdings LLC. Paul Yovovich, whom we expect to add to our board after the consummation of this offering, is president and a member of Lake Capital Management LLC and controls Lake Capital Partners LP. Mr. Yovovich also directly holds 2.9% of the common interests and 1.0% of the preferred interests in HCG Holdings LLC.

 

HCG Holdings LLC currently owns approximately 94%93% of our outstanding common stock and all of our outstanding 8% preferred stock and 8% promissory notes. Some of our executive officers, each of our board members and some of our current and former employees own the remaining approximately 6%7% of our outstanding common stock. HCG Holdings LLC is controlled by Lake Capital Partners LP and Lake Capital Management LLC. The remaining equity interests in HCG Holdings LLC are held by certain institutional investors, some

Equity compensation awards

On the date of this prospectus, we intend to grant equity-based compensation awards to our executive officers and certain of our employees and each of our board members,independent directors.

ØRestricted stock awards.    We intend to grant a total of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees. Our executive officers who will be granted shares of restricted common stock are Messrs. Holdren, Massaro, Burge and Broadhurst, Natalia Delgado, our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, and Mary Sawall, our Vice President, Human Resources, who will be granted 158,700, 32,600, 10,900, 10,900, 8,700 and 6,500 shares of restricted common stock, respectively. Based on a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate value of the shares of restricted common stock to be granted to Messrs. Holdren, Massaro, Burge and Broadhurst, Ms. Delgado and Ms. Sawall is $2,380,500, $489,000, $163,500, $163,500, $130,500 and $97,500, respectively.

4


ØEmployee stock option awards.    We intend to grant options to purchase 75,800 shares of our common stock to certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus, including one of our executive officers, Ms. Delgado, who will receive options to purchase 13,100 of these shares. These options will have a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price.

ØIndependent director stock option awards.    We intend to grant to each of our four independent directors options exercisable for 13,333 shares of our common stock, assuming a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus. These options will have a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price.

All of the awards described above will be made under our 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan after we file a director nomineeregistration statement on Form S-8 relating to that plan. This Form S-8, which will also relate to our three other equity incentive plans, is expected to be filed on the date of this prospectus after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The Form S-8 will become effective upon filing.

Redemption of 8% preferred stock and repayment of 8% promissory notes

As described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of proceeds,” we will use approximately $15.1 million of our net proceeds from this offering to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock and approximately 30 other holders.$10.7 million to repay in full our outstanding 8% promissory notes. All of our 8% preferred stock and 8% promissory notes are owned by HCG Holdings LLC. We expect that HCG Holdings LLC iswill distribute substantially all of the selling stockholderproceeds it receives from the sale of the shares being offered by it in this offering. offering, the redemption of the outstanding 8% preferred stock and the repayment by us of the 8% promissory notes to its members in accordance with its governing documents. Assuming that this offering is consummated at a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, and HCG Holdings LLC distributes the entire amount of its proceeds from the foregoing transactions, we estimate that Messrs. Holdren, Massaro, Burge, Broadhurst and McCartney will receive a payment of approximately $875,000, $87,500, $43,800, $43,800 and $43,800, respectively.

See “Use of proceeds,” “Certain relationships and related transactions,” “Principal and selling stockholders” and “Description of capital stock” for further information.information regarding the matters discussed above.

 

35


Post-offering corporate structure and ownership

The following organizational chart sets forth the corporate structure and percentage ownership of preferred interests (“PI”) and common interests (“CI”) in HCG Holdings LLC and of our common stock after giving effect to this offering (without giving effect to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Our post-offering ownership structure gives effect to the issuance by us of the 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to be granted to our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus, but does not give effect to 1,670,041 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options at September 17, 2004, 75,800 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted to one of our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus or 53,332 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted to our independent directors on the date of this prospectus.

LOGO


(1)The preferred and common interests in HCG Holdings LLC held by this group reflects the interests held by 24 of our managing directors that are not executive officers. None of these 24 other managing directors individually owns more than 1.0% of either the preferred or common interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(2)Lake Capital Partners LP and Lake Capital Management LLC collectively have investment and voting control over the shares of our common stock held by HCG Holdings LLC. Lake Capital Investment Partners LP is the sole general partner of Lake

(Footnotes continued on following page.)

6


Capital Partners LP and Lake Partners LLC is the sole general partner of Lake Capital Investment Partners LP. Terence M. Graunke and Paul G. Yovovich are the members and managers of Lake Partners LLC as well as members of an investment committee of Lake Capital Investment Partners LP and, in such roles, these individuals have investment and voting control over, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of, the shares ultimately controlled by Lake Capital Investment Partners LP. Mr. Graunke is also the controlling member of Lake Capital Management LLC and, pursuant to the Lake Capital Management LLC operating agreement, has investment and voting control over, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of, the shares controlled by that entity. Each of Mr. Graunke and Mr. Yovovich disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned by HCG Holdings LLC. Each of Mr. Graunke and Mr. Yovovich individually own preferred and common interests in HCG Holdings, as reflected in the chart.
(3)The PPM America Funds consist of PPM America Private Equity Fund, L.P. and a related fund, Old Hickory Fund I, LLC, which own 34.4% and 0.3%, respectively, of the preferred interests and 30.9% and 0.2%, respectively, of the common interests in HCG Holdings LLC. The Goldman Sachs Funds consist of seven related Goldman Sachs private equity funds, consisting of GS Private Equity Partners 2000, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2000 Offshore Holdings, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2000 – Direct Investment Fund, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2002, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2002 Offshore Holdings, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2002 – Direct Investment Fund, L.P. and GS Private Equity Partners 2002 Employee Fund, L.P., which own 3.3%, 1.1%, 1.3%, 1.1%, 2.9%, 1.0% and 0.5%, respectively, of the preferred interests and 3.0%, 1.0%, 1.2%, 1.0%, 2.6%, 0.9% and 0.4%, respectively, of the common interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(4)This group consists of 31 other investors holding the interests. None of the holders in this group own more than 1.0% of the total preferred interests or total common interests in HCG Holdings LLC, except for The Hamilton Companies LLC, which owns 1.4% of the preferred interests and 1.4% of the common interests.
(5)Mr. Holdren has been attributed for purposes of this chart ownership of 4.24% of the common stock, which is held in a trust for the benefit of the family of Mr. Holdren. See “Principal and selling stockholders.”
(6)Reflects the shares of common stock held by current and former employees of Huron Consulting Group Inc.  None of the holders of the common stock in this group owns more than 1.0% of the total common stock.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

We were incorporated in Delaware in March 2002, commenced operations in May 2002 and conduct all of our consulting activities through a wholly-owned subsidiary, Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC. Our headquarters are located at 550 West Van Buren Street, Chicago, Illinois 60607 and our telephone number is (312) 583-8700. Our web site is www.huronconsultinggroup.com. Information contained on our web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You should not consider information contained on our web site as part of this prospectus.

 

47


The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

  3,333,333 shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

  1,666,667 shares
   
Total  5,000,000 shares
   

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

  16,285,960 shares

Over-allotment option

  750,000 shares of common stock to be offered by the selling stockholder if the underwriters exercise the over- allotment option in full.

Proposed NASDAQ National Market symbol

  HURN

Use of proceeds

  We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $$42.8 million assuming an initiala public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder. We will use approximately $$15.1 million of our net proceeds to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock and approximately $$10.7 million to repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes. All of the outstanding shares of the 8% preferred stock and the aggregate principal amount of the 8% promissory notes are held by our parent, HCG Holdings LLC, which is the selling stockholder.stockholder in this offering. We intend to use the balance of our net proceeds to pay off any borrowings outstanding under our credit agreement and for other general corporate purposes, including working capital. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding at ,September 17, 2004. This number includes the 769,700 shares of restricted common stock that we intend to grant to our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus, but does not include:

 

Ø 1,670,041 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued under our equity incentive plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $$0.75 per share; and

 

Ø              shares reserved and available for future grant or issuance under our 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan, including the75,800 shares of restricted common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that we intend to grant to certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus to one of our executive officers and options exercisable forcertain of our employees, with a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price;

Ø53,332 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that we intend to grant on the date of this prospectus to our independent directors, with a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price and assuming a public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, that we intend toprospectus; and

8


Ø1,242,168 shares reserved and available for future grant to each ofor issuance under our independent directors on the date of this prospectus.2004 Omnibus Stock Plan.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

Øa 1 for 2.3 reverse stock split of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock, which will be effected prior to the consummation of this offering;

Øthe conversion of each outstanding share of our Class B common stock into a share of our Class A common stock and the renaming of our Class A common stock to “common stock,” which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

Ø the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, which entitles them to purchase up to 750,000 additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholder;

Øa          for          stock split of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which will be effected prior to the consummation of this offering; and

Øthe conversion of all of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation.stockholder.

 

59


Summary consolidated financial and other operating data

 

We have derived the following summary consolidated financial data for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 from our audited consolidated financial statements, except for the pro forma data. We have derived the following summary consolidated financial data for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003 and 2004 and as of March 31,June 30, 2004 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, except for the pro forma data. In the opinion of management, this information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position for such periods. The summary information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Selected consolidated financial and other operating data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to the following transactions as if each had occurred on March 31,June 30, 2004:

Øthe payment of a special dividend on each outstanding share of our common stock and 8% preferred stock on an as converted basis in an aggregate amount of $1.25 million, or $          per share of common stock and $          per share of 8% preferred stock, which was declared on May 12, 2004 and will be paid prior to the consummation of this offering; and

 

Ø the issuance of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees, which will occur on the date of this prospectus.prospectus;

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to the foregoing transactions as well as the following transactions as if each had occurred on March 31, 2004:

 

Ø the sale by us of 3,333,333 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

Ø the use of approximately $$14.8 million of our estimated net proceeds to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock; and

 

Ø the use of approximately $$10.5 million of our estimated net proceeds to repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes.

 

For further information regarding the redemption of our 8% preferred stock and the repayment of our 8% promissory notes, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of proceeds.”

 

610


 March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,
2002
  Year ended
December 31,
2003
  

Three months
ended

March 31,


 March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,
2002
  Year ended
December 31,
2003
  

Six months
ended

June 30,


 
Consolidated statements of operations data: 2003 2004 2003 2004 

     (unaudited)     (unaudited) 
 (in thousands, except per share and other
operating data)
 (in thousands, except per share and other
operating data)
 

Revenues and reimbursable expenses:

  

Revenues

 $35,101  $101,486  $23,212 $40,101 $35,101  $101,486  $46,923 $81,604 

Reimbursable expenses

  2,921   8,808   2,069  3,443  2,921   8,808   3,906  7,090 
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

  38,022   110,294   25,281  43,544  38,022   110,294   50,829  88,694 

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses:

  

Direct costs

  26,055   69,401   13,581  24,868  26,055   69,401   29,320  47,591 

Reimbursable expenses

  2,921   8,929   2,069  3,523  2,921   8,929   3,917  7,065 
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


Total direct costs and reimbursable expenses

  28,976   78,330   15,650  28,391  28,976   78,330   33,237  54,656 
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


Gross profit

  9,046   31,964   9,631  15,153  9,046   31,964   17,592  34,038 

Operating expenses:

  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Depreciation and amortization expense

  
 
8,813
3,048
 
 
  
 
25,185
5,328
 
 
  
 
4,826
1,290
  
 
8,158
603
  
 
8,813
3,048
 
 
  
 
25,185
5,328
 
 
  
 
11,093
2,658
  
 
17,840
1,075
 
 

Other operating expenses(1)

  3,715   1,668     2,139  3,715   1,668     2,139 
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


Total operating expenses

  15,576   32,181   6,116  10,900  15,576   32,181   13,751  21,054 
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


Operating (loss) income

  (6,530)  (217)  3,515  4,253  (6,530)  (217)  3,841  12,984 

Other expense:

  

Interest expense

  332   856   198  245  332   856   418  516 

Other

  1   112   1    1   112   112  (1)
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


Total other expense

  333   968   199  245  333   968   530  515 
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

  (6,863)  (1,185)  3,316  4,008  (6,863)  (1,185)  3,311  12,469 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

  (2,697)  (122)  1,375  1,661  (2,697)  (122)  1,451  5,237 
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


Net (loss) income

  (4,166)  (1,063)  1,941  2,347  (4,166)  (1,063)  1,860  7,232 

Accrued dividends on 8% preferred stock

  646   1,066   253  273  646   1,066   516  558 
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

 $(4,812) $(2,129) $1,688 $2,074 $(4,812) $(2,129) $1,344 $6,674 
 


 


 

 

 


 


 

 


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

  

Basic

 $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01 $0.05 $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05 $0.50 

Diluted

 $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01 $0.05 $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05 $0.47 

Weighted average shares used in calculating net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

  

Basic

  27,147   27,303   27,147  27,540  11,803   11,871   11,806  12,011 

Diluted

  27,147   27,303   27,147  29,319  11,803   11,871   12,357  13,005 

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders(2)

 $(580) $2,464

Cash dividend per common share(2)

         $0.09 
 


 

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

 

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders(3)

 $(580) $7,477 
 


 


Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share(3):

 

Basic

 $      $     $(0.04) $0.50 

Diluted

 $      $     $(0.04) $0.47 

Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share(3):

 

Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share(4):

 

Basic

   14,787   14,981 

Diluted

   14,787   15,975 

 

        
Other operating data (unaudited):             

 

Number of consultants (at end of period)(4)

   262   477   294   483 

Utilization rate(5)

   57.3%  66.1%  75.8%  73.4%

Average billing rate per hour(6)

  $206  $217  $228  $229 
        
Other operating data (unaudited):             

Number of consultants (at end of period)(5)

   262   477   355   499 

Utilization rate(6)

   57.3%  66.1%  72.4%  72.6%

Average billing rate per hour(7)

  $206  $217  $224  $238 

 

7(See footnotes on the following page.)

11


  

As of

March 31, 2004


  

As of

June 30, 2004


Consolidated balance sheet data:  Actual Pro forma  Pro forma
as adjusted
  Actual Pro forma
as adjusted

  (unaudited)  (unaudited)
  (in thousands)  (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

  $70       $943  $18,461

Working capital

   13,073        16,838   34,759

Total assets

   42,542        48,932   66,450

Long-term debt (consisting of 8% promissory notes)

   10,076        10,076   

Total 8% preferred stock

   14,485        14,770   

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   (4,536)       (170)  42,597

(1) Other operating expenses includeconsist of management and advisory fees paid to related parties and organizational costs totaling $3,715 for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002, a loss on lease abandonment of $1,668 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and a restructuring charge of $2,139 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004.
(2)On May 12, 2004, we declared a special dividend on each outstanding share of our common stock and 8% preferred stock payable to holders of record on May 25, 2004. We paid the special dividend on June 29, 2004. The 8% preferred stock participated on an as converted basis. The aggregate amount of the dividend was $1.25 million, or $0.09 per share of common stock and $22.18 per share of 8% preferred stock. Other than the special dividend, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend policy.”
(3) The total pro forma adjustments to net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders are approximately $1,549 and $390$803 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively. The adjustments consist of an adjustment of approximately $1,066 and $273$558 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, to eliminate the accrued preferred stock dividends associated with our outstanding 8% preferred stock and an adjustment of approximately $483 and $117$245 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, to eliminate the interest expense, net of tax expense, related to our outstanding 8% promissory notes. We will redeem the 8% preferred stock and repay the 8% promissory notes with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering as discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of proceeds.”
(3)(4) The pro forma weighted average shares outstanding represents an increase of 2,916 and 2,970 weighted average shares as of December 31, 2003 and March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, related to the issuance of shares that would have been issued by us in this offering, based on an assumed public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, in order to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock (including the liquidation participation amount) and repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes, as if these transactions occurred at the beginning of each period. See “Use of Proceeds.” The pro forma weighted average shares outstanding also includes the issuance of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock as of December 31, 2003 and March 31,June 30, 2004 as if this issuance also occurred at the beginning of each period. We intend to issue these shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus.
(4)(5) Consultants consist of our billable professionals.
(5)(6) We calculate the utilization rate for our consultants by dividing the number of hours all of our consultants worked on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours for all of our consultants during the same period, assuming a forty-hour work week, less paid holidays and vacation days.
(6)(7) Average billing rate per hour is calculated by dividing revenues for a period by the number of hours worked on client assignments during the same period.

 

812



 

Risk factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks below before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our operations.

Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

Our inability to retain our senior management team and other managing directors would be detrimental to the success of our business.

We rely heavily on our senior management team, including Gary Holdren, our Chief Executive Officer, and George Massaro, our Chief Operating Officer, and other managing directors, and our ability to retain them is particularly important to our future success. Given the highly specialized nature of our services, these people must have a thorough understanding of our service offerings as well as the skills and experience necessary to manage an organization consisting of a diverse group of professionals. In addition, we rely on our senior management team and other managing directors to generate and market our business. Further, in light of our limited operating history, our senior management’s and other managing directors’ personal reputations and relationships with our clients are a critical element in obtaining and maintaining client engagements. Although we enter into non-solicitation agreements with our senior management team and other managing directors, we do not enter into non-competition agreements. Accordingly, members of our senior management team and our other managing directors are not contractually prohibited from leaving or joining one of our competitors, and some of our clients could choose to use the services of that competitor instead of our services. If one or more members of our senior management team or our other managing directors leave and we cannot replace them with a suitable candidate quickly, we could experience difficulty in securing and successfully completing engagements and managing our business properly, which could harm our business prospects and results of operations.

 

Our senior management team and our other managing directors will receive substantial financial benefits as a result of this offering, which may reduce the financial incentive for them to stay with us.

Our senior management team and our other managing directors collectively hold options to purchase 1,502,630 shares of our common stock. Of these, options to purchase 145,608 shares are currently vested, options to purchase 420,659 shares will vest upon consummation of this offering pursuant to their terms and the remaining options to purchase 936,363 will fully vest at various times over the next four years. These options have exercise prices ranging from $0.02 to $1.96 per share. An individual may be more likely to leave us after their options fully vest, especially if the shares underlying the options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the option exercise price. In addition, a trust for the benefit of the family of Mr. Holdren, our Chief Executive Officer, holds 521,740 shares of restricted common stock that he purchased for $0.02 per share, of which 163,043 shares are currently vested and the remaining 358,697 will fully vest immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. On the date of this prospectus, we intend to grant 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees. The restricted shares will vest over a four year period, with 25% vesting on each anniversary of the grant date during that period. Our executive officers who will be granted shares of restricted common stock are Messrs. Holdren, Massaro, Burge and Broadhurst, Ms. Delgado and Ms. Sawall, who will be granted 158,700, 32,600, 10,900, 10,900, 8,700 and 6,500 shares of restricted common stock, respectively. In addition, we intend to grant options to purchase 75,800 shares of our common stock to certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus, including one of


13


Risk factors


our executive officers, Ms. Delgado, who will receive options to purchase 13,100 shares of our common stock. These options will have a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price and will vest over a four-year period, with 25% vesting on each anniversary of the grant date during that period. We also intend to grant to each of our independent directors options exercisable for 13,333 shares of our common stock, assuming a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus. These options will have a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price and will vest over a three-year period, with one-third vesting on the grant date and one-third vesting on the date of each of the next two annual meetings.

In addition, some of our executive officers and other managing directors, each of our board members and a director nominee are members of HCG Holdings LLC, which is our parent and the selling stockholder, and collectively hold 5.7% of the common interests and 6.4% of the preferred interests in HCG Holdings LLC. Our executive officers, board members and the director nominee holding interests in HCG Holdings LLC are Messrs. Holdren, Massaro, Burge, Broadhurst and McCartney. These individuals collectively hold 2.1% of the common interests and 2.3% of the preferred interests in HCG Holdings LLC. If any of the above-described individuals realize substantial financial benefits as a result of their securities ownership in us or HCG Holdings LLC, their financial incentive to stay with us may be reduced. These individuals already realized a financial benefit when HCG Holdings LLC used the proceeds it received from the special dividend that we paid on June 29, 2004 together with other funds of HCG Holdings LLC to redeem a portion of its outstanding preferred interests on a pro rata basis, including a portion of the preferred interests held by these people. In connection with this redemption, Messrs. Broadhurst, Burge, Holdren, Massaro and McCartney received an aggregate amount of approximately $4,540, $4,540, $90,788, $9,079 and $4,540, respectively, of which approximately $1,097, $1,097, $21,933, $2,193 and $1,097, respectively, was paid out of the proceeds of the dividend. These individuals will also realize a financial benefit if HCG Holdings LLC makes a distribution to its members of the proceeds it receives from (1) the sale of the shares being offered by it in this offering, (2) the redemption of the 8% preferred stock and (3) the repayment of the 8% promissory notes held by HCG Holdings LLC. Assuming that this offering is consummated at a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, and HCG Holdings LLC distributes the entire amount of its proceeds from the foregoing transactions, we estimate that Messrs. Broadhurst, Burge, Holdren, Massaro and McCartney will receive a payment of approximately $43,800, $43,800, $875,000, $87,500 and $43,800, respectively.

Our inability to hire and retain talented people in an industry where there is great competition for talent could have a serious negative effect on our prospects and results of operations.

Our business involves the delivery of professional services and is highly labor-intensive. Our success depends largely on our general ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled consultants. The loss of a significant number of our consultants or the inability to attract, hire, develop, train and retain additional skilled personnel could have a serious negative effect on us, including our ability to manage, staff and successfully complete our existing engagements and obtain new engagements. Qualified consultants are in great demand, and we face significant competition for both senior and junior consultants with the requisite credentials and experience. Our principal competition for talent comes from other consulting firms, accounting firms and other similar enterprises.technical and economic advisory firms, as well as from organizations seeking to staff their internal professional positions. Many of these competitors may be able to offer significantly greater compensation and benefits or more attractive lifestyle choices, career paths or geographic locations than we do. Therefore, we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the skilled consultants we require to conduct and expand our operations successfully. Increasing competition for these consultants may also significantly increase our labor costs, which could negatively affect our margins and results of operations.

 


 

914


Risk factors


 

We have experienced net losses for most of our history, and our limited operating history makes evaluating our business difficult.

We have been operating since May 2002. For the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002 and for the year ended December 31, 2003, we experienced net losses of $4.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. Although we generated net income of $2.3$7.2 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, we may not sustain profitability in the future. For example, we generated net income of $1.9 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003, but experienced a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2003. Our net losses, among other things, have had, and should net losses occur in the future, will have, an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. As of March 31,June 30, 2004, we had a total stockholders’ deficit of $4.5$0.2 million. To sustain profitability, we must:

 

Ø attract, integrate, retain and motivate highly qualified consultants;

 

Ø achieve and maintain adequate utilization and enhancesuitable billing rates for our brand recognition;consultants;

 

Ø expand our existing relationships with our clients and identify new clients in need of our services;

Ømaintain and enhance our brand recognition; and

 

Ø adapt to meet changes in our markets and competitive developments.

 

We may not be successful in accomplishing these objectives. Further, our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early stages of development, particularly companies in highly competitive industries. The historical information in this prospectus may not be indicative of our future financial condition and future performance. For example, we expect that our future annual growth rate in revenues will moderate and likely be less than the growth rates experienced in 2003 and the first six months of 2004.

 

If we are unable to manage the growth of our business successfully, we may not be able to sustain profitability.

We have grown significantly since we commenced operations, more than doubling the number of our consultants from 213 on May 31, 2002 to 483486 as of March 31,September 17, 2004. As we continue to increase the number of our consultants, we may not be able to successfully manage a significantly larger workforce. Additionally, our significant growth has placed demands on our management and our internal systems, procedures and controls and will continue to do so in the future. To successfully manage growth, we must add administrative staff and periodically update and strengthen our operating, financial, accounting and other systems, procedures and controls, which will increase our costs and may adversely affect our gross profits and our ability to sustain profitability if we do not generate increased revenues to offset the costs. This need to augment our support infrastructure due to growth is compounded by our decision to become a public reporting company and the increased expense that will arise in complying with existing and new regulatory requirements. As a public company, our information and control systems must enable us to prepare accurate and timely financial information and other required disclosure. If we discover deficiencies in our existing information and control systems that impede our ability to satisfy our reporting requirements, we must successfully implement improvements to those systems in an efficient and timely manner.

 

Our financial results could suffer if we are unable to achieve or maintain adequate utilization and suitable billing rates for our consultants.

Our profitability depends to a large extent on the utilization and billing rates of our consultants. Utilization of our consultants is affected by a number of factors, including:

 

Ø the number and size of client engagements;

 

Ø the timing of the commencement, completion and termination of engagements, which in many cases is unpredictable;

 


15


Risk factors


Ø our ability to transition our consultants efficiently from completed engagements to new engagements;

 

Ø the hiring of additional consultants because there is generally a transition period for new consultants that results in a temporary drop in our utilization rate;


10


Risk factors


 

Ø unanticipated changes in the scope of client engagements;

 

Ø our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate level of consultants; and

 

Ø conditions affecting the industries in which we practice as well as general economic conditions.

 

The billing rates of our consultants that we are able to charge are also affected by a number of additional factors, including:

 

Ø our clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services;

 

Ø the market demand for the services we provide;

 

Ø introduction of new services by us or our competitors;

 

Ø our competition and the pricing policies of our competitors; and

 

Ø general economic conditions.

 

If we are unable to achieve and maintain adequate overall utilization as well as maintain or increase the billing rates for our consultants, our financial results could materially suffer.

 

A significant portion of our revenues are derived from a limited number of clients, and our engagement agreements, including those related to our largest clients, can be terminated by our clients with little or no notice and without penalty, which may cause our operating results to be unpredictable.

As a consulting firm, we have derived, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of clients. Our ten largest clients accounted for 36.3% of our revenues in the partial year ended December 31, 2002, 32.1% of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2003 and 30.9%32.5% of our revenues in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004. Our clients typically retain us on an engagement-by-engagement basis, rather than under fixed-term contracts, and the volume of work performed for any particular client is likely to vary from year to year, and a major client in one fiscal period may not require or decide to use our services in any subsequent fiscal period. Accordingly, the failure to obtain new large engagements or multiple engagements from existing or new clients could have a material adverse effect on the amount of revenues we generate.

 

In addition, almost all of our engagement agreements can be terminated by our clients with little or no notice and without penalty. For example, in engagements related to litigation, if the litigation were to be settled, our engagement for those services would no longer be necessary and therefore would be terminated. In client engagements that involve multiple engagements or stages, there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages of an engagement or that a client will cancel or delay additional planned engagements. These terminations, cancellations or delays could result from factors unrelated to our services or the progress of the engagement. When engagements are terminated, we lose the associated future revenues, and we may not be able to recover associated costs or redeploy the affected employees in a timely manner to minimize the negative impact. In addition, our clients’ ability to terminate engagements with little or no notice and without penalty makes it difficult to predict our operating results in any particular fiscal period.

 


16


Risk factors


Our ability to maintain and attract new business depends upon our reputation, the professional reputation of our consultants and the quality of our services.

As a professional services firm, our ability to secure new engagements depends heavily upon our reputation and the individual reputations of our consultants. Any factor that diminishes our reputation or that of our consultants, including not meeting client expectations or misconduct by our consultants, could make it substantially more difficult for us to attract new engagements and clients. Similarly, because we obtain many of our new engagements from former or current clients or from referrals by those clients or by law


11


Risk factors


firms that we have worked with in the past, any client that questions the quality of our work or that of our consultants could impair our ability to secure additional new engagements and clients.

 

The consulting services industry is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively.

The consulting services industry in which we operate includes a large number of participants and is intensely competitive. We face competition from other business operations and financial consulting firms, general management consulting firms, the consulting practices of major accounting firms, technical and economic advisory firms, regional and specialty consulting firms and the internal professional resources of organizations. In addition, because there are relatively low barriers to entry, we expect to continue to face additional competition from new entrants into the business operations and financial consulting industries. We have six core offices and two smaller offices in the United States and do not have any international offices. Many of our competitors have a greater national presence and are also international in scope, as well as have significantly greater personnel, financial, technical and marketing resources. In addition, these competitors may generate greater revenues and have greater name recognition than we do. Our ability to compete also depends in part on the ability of our competitors to hire, retain and motivate skilled consultants, the price at which others offer comparable services and our competitors’ responsiveness to their clients. If we are unable to compete successfully with our existing competitors or with any new competitors, our financial results will be adversely affected.

 

Additional hiring and any acquisitions could disrupt our operations, increase our costs or otherwise harm our business.

Our business strategy is dependent in part upon our ability to grow by hiring individuals or groups of consultants and by potentially acquiring complementary businesses. However, we may be unable to identify, hire, acquire or successfully integrate new consultants and complementary businesses without substantial expense, delay or other operational or financial problems. Competition for future hiring and acquisition opportunities in our markets could increase the compensation we offer to potential consultants or the price we pay for businesses we wish to acquire. In addition, we may be unable to achieve the financial, operational and other benefits we anticipate from any hiring or acquisition. Hiring additional consultants or acquiring complementary businesses could also involve a number of additional risks, including:

 

Ø the diversion of management’s time, attention and resources from managing and marketing our company;

 

Ø the failure to retain key acquired personnel;

 

Ø potential impairment of existing relationships with our clients, such as client satisfaction or performance problems, whether as a result of integration or management difficulties or otherwise;

 

Ø the creation of conflicts of interest that require us to decline or resign from engagements that we otherwise could have accepted;

 

Ø the potential need to raise significant amounts of capital to finance a transaction or the potential issuance of equity securities that could be dilutive to our existing stockholders;

 


17


Risk factors


Ø increased costs to improve, coordinate or integrate managerial, operational, financial and administrative systems; and

 

Ø difficulties in integrating diverse backgrounds and experiences of consultants, including if we experience a transition period for newly hired consultants that results in a temporary drop in our utilization rates or margins.

 

If we fail to successfully address these risks, our ability to compete may be impaired.

 


12


Risk factors


If the number of large bankruptcies continues to decline or other factors affectingcause a decrease in demand for our corporate advisory services, declines, our revenues and profitability could suffer.

Our corporate advisory services practice provides various turnaround, restructuring and bankruptcy services to companies in financial distress or their creditors or other stakeholders. This practice accounted for 30.7% and 27.1%27.0% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 and threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively. We are typically engaged in connection with a bankruptcy case when the bankruptcy is of the size and complexity that generally requires the debtor or other constituents to retain the services of financial advisors. A number of other factors also affect demand for this practice. These factors include:

 

Ø over-expansion by various businesses;

 

Ø management’s inability to address critical operational and financial issues;

 

Ø the level of lending activity and over-leveraging of companies; and

 

Ø challenging general economic conditions in the U.S.,United States, which have benefited our corporate advisory services practice since we commenced operations.

 

If the number of large bankruptcies continues to decline or other factors cause a decrease in demand for our corporate advisory services, decreases, the revenues from our turnaround, restructuring and bankruptcy services could decline, which could harm our ability to sustain profitability.

We face an increased risk of fee nonpayment or reduced payment in our corporate advisory services practice.

Many of the clients in our corporate advisory services practice have engaged us because they are experiencing financial distress. These clients may not have sufficient funds to continue operations or to pay for our services. We usually do not receive retainers before we begin performing services on a client’s behalf in connection with our restructuring business, and we are not always able to obtain retainers from clients in bankruptcy as the bankruptcy court must approve our retainers for those clients. When we do receive retainers, the retainers may not adequately cover our fees for the services we perform on behalf of these clients. Even if a bankruptcy court approves our retainer or engagement, a bankruptcy court has the discretion to require us to return all, or a portion of, our fees or to reduce our fees for the duration of the engagement. Therefore, we face the risk of nonpayment or reduced payment, either of which can result in write-offs.

 

The profitability of our fixed-fee engagements with clients may not meet our expectations if we underestimate the cost of these engagements.

Fixed-fee engagements generated approximately 11.9% and 15.6%12.3% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively. When making proposals for fixed-fee engagements, we estimate the costs and timing for completing the engagements. These estimates reflect our best judgment regarding the efficiencies of our methodologies and consultants as we plan to deploy them on engagements. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of fixed-fee engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable, which would have an adverse effect on our profit margin.


18


Risk factors


 

Revenues from our performance-based engagements are difficult to predict, and the timing and extent of recovery of our costs is uncertain.

From time to time, primarily in our corporate advisory services and strategic sourcing practices, we enter into engagement agreements under which our fees include a significant performance-based component. Performance-based fees are contingent on the achievement of specific measures, such as our clients meeting cost-saving or other contractually defined goals. The achievement of these contractually-defined goals is often impacted by factors outside of our control, such as the actions of our client or third parties. Because performance-based fees are contingent, revenues on such engagements, which are recognized when all revenue recognition criteria are met, are not certain and the timing of receipt is difficult to predict and may not occur evenly throughout the year, thereby affecting our quarter by quarter results and potentially the price of our common stock.year. While performance-based fees comprised 3.3% and 5.6%6.9% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, we intend to continue to enter into performance-based fee arrangements and these engagements may takeimpact our revenues to a greater extent in the future. Should performance-based fee arrangements represent a greater percentage of our business in the future, we may experience increased volatility in our working capital requirements and greater variations in our quarter-to-quarter results, which could affect the price of our common stock. In addition, an increase in the proportion of performance-based fee arrangements may offset the positive effect on added importance to our results.operating results from increases in our utilization rate or average billing rate per hour.


13


Risk factors


 

Conflicts of interest could preclude us from accepting engagements thereby causing decreased utilization and revenues.

We provide services in connection with bankruptcy proceedings and litigation proceedings that usually involve sensitive client information and frequently are adversarial. In connection with bankruptcy proceedings, we are required by law to be “disinterested” and in litigation we would generally be prohibited from performing services in the same litigation for the party adverse to our client. In addition, our engagement agreement with a client or other business reasons may preclude us from accepting engagements with our clients’ competitors or adversaries. As we increase the size of our operations, the number of conflict situations can be expected to increase. Moreover, in many industries in which we provide services, there has been a continuing trend toward business consolidations and strategic alliances. These consolidations and alliances reduce the number of companies that may seek our services and increase the chances that we will be unable to accept new engagements as a result of conflicts of interest. If we are unable to accept new engagements for any reason, our consultants may become underutilized, which would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations in future periods.

 

Expanding our service offerings or number of offices may not be profitable.

We may choose to develop new service offerings or open new offices because of market opportunities or client demands. Developing new service offerings involves inherent risks, including:

 

Ø our inability to estimate demand for the new service offerings;

 

Ø competition from more established market participants;

 

Ø a lack of market understanding; and

 

Ø unanticipated expenses to recruit and hire qualified consultants and to market our new service offerings.

 

In addition, expanding into new geographic areas and/or expanding current service offerings is challenging and may require integrating new employees into our culture as well as assessing the demand in the applicable market. For example, in August 2003, we established a small office in Palo Alto, California to service the Silcon Valley marketplace and, in September 2003, we established a small office in Miami, Florida to deepen our corporate finance capabilities. These offices did not meet our expectations and, therefore, we subsequently closed those offices and incurred a restructuring charge of $2.1


19


Risk factors


$2.1 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004. In September 2004, we decided to eliminate a service offering of a practice area in our operational consulting segment that was not meeting our expectations. Additionally, in a continual effort to streamline our operations and allocate resources more appropriately, we reduced our headcount in certain other practice areas across both segments. In connection with these actions, we expect to record charges in the third quarter of approximately $2.1 million for severance payments. If we cannot manage the risks associated with new service offerings or new locations effectively, we are unlikely to be successful in these efforts, which could harm our ability to sustain profitability and our business prospects.

 

Our engagements could result in professional liability, which could be very costly and hurt our reputation.

Our engagements typically involve complex analyses and the exercise of professional judgment. As a result, we are subject to the risk of professional liability. If a client questions the quality of our work, the client could threaten or bring a lawsuit to recover damages or contest its obligation to pay our fees. Litigation alleging that we performed negligently or breached any other obligations to a client could expose us to significant legal liabilities and, regardless of outcome, is often very costly, could distract our management and could damage our reputation. We are not always able to include provisions in our engagement agreements that are designed to limit our exposure to legal claims relating to our services. Even if these limiting provisions are included in an engagement agreement, they may not protect us or may not be enforceable under some circumstances. In addition, we carry professional liability insurance to cover many of these types of claims, but the policy limits and the breadth of coverage may be inadequate to cover any particular claim or all claims plus the cost of legal defense. For example, we provide services on engagements in which the impact on a client may substantially exceed the limits of


14


Risk factors


our errors and omissions insurance coverage. If we are found to have professional liability with respect to work performed on such an engagement, we may not have sufficient insurance to cover the entire liability.

 

Our intellectual property rights in our “Huron Consulting Group” name are important, and any inability to use that name could negatively impact our ability to build brand identity.

We believe that establishing, maintaining and enhancing the “Huron Consulting Group” name is important to our business. We believe that we have the right to use the “Huron Consulting Group” name in connection with our services, and to date have not received any objections from third parties to the use of our name. We are, however, aware of a number of other companies that use names containing “Huron.” There could be potential trade name or service mark infringement claims brought against us by the users of these similar names and marks and those users may have trade name or service mark rights that are senior to ours. If another company were to successfully challenge our right to use our name, or if we were unable to prevent a competitor from using a name that is similar to our name, our ability to build brand identity could be negatively impacted.

 

We or some of our consultants could be named in lawsuits because we were founded by former Arthur Andersen LLP partners and professionals and contracted with Arthur Andersen for releases from non-competition agreements.

We were founded by a core group of consultants that consisted primarily of former Arthur Andersen LLP partners and professionals, and we entered into a contract with Arthur Andersen to release these partners and professionals from non-competition agreements with Arthur Andersen. These circumstances might lead creditors of Arthur Andersen and other parties to bring claims against us or some of our managing directors or other consultants seeking recoveries for liabilities of Arthur Andersen. WhileAndersen and we domay not believe that our founding by former Arthur Andersen partners and professionals or our contract with Arthur Andersen gives rise to any liability for us or them, we cannot assure you that, should persons or entities with claims against Arthur Andersen seek to hold us or our managing directors or consultants liable, we will be able to successfully avoid liability for such claims. In addition, litigation of this nature or otherwise could divert the time and attention of our managing directors and consultants, and we could incur substantial defense costs.

 


20


Risk factors


As a holding company, we are totally dependent on distributions from our operating subsidiary to pay obligations.dividends or other obligations and there may also be other restrictions on our ability to pay dividends in the future.

We are a holding company with no business operations. Our only significant asset is the outstanding equity interest of our wholly-owned operating subsidiary. As a result, we must rely on payments from our subsidiary to meet our obligations. We currently expect that the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiary will primarily be retained and used by it in its operations, including servicing any debt obligations it may have now or in the future. Accordingly, although we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future, other than the special dividend of $1.25 million that we declared on

May 12, 2004 and intend to pay prior to the consummation of this offering, our subsidiary may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us in order to allow us to pay future dividends on, or make any distribution with respect to, our common stock. Our future credit facilities, other future debt obligations and statutory provisions may also limit our ability to pay dividends or make any distribution in respect of our common stock.

 

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PURCHASING OUR COMMON STOCK IN THIS OFFERING

 

As a new investor, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $$12.38 in pro forma net tangible book value per share of your investment as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.” This means that the price you pay for the shares you acquire in this offering will be significantly higher than their net tangible book value per


15


Risk factors


share. If we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, you may experience further dilution in the net tangible book value of your shares. Likewise, you will incur additional dilution if the holders of outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock at prices below our net tangible book value per share exercise their options after this offering. As of September 17, 2004, there were 1,670,041 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.75 per share.

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock following this offering may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, and the issuance of additional shares will dilute all other stockholdings.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that large sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or limit our future ability to raise capital through an offering of equity securities. After completion of this offering, there will be 16,285,960 shares of our common stock outstanding.outstanding, including the 769,700 shares of restricted common stock that we intended to grant on the date of this prospectus to our executive officers and certain of our employees. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the federal securities laws unless purchased by our “affiliates” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining 11,285,960 shares of outstanding common stock, representing approximately %69% of the outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering, will be “restricted securities” under the Securities Act, subject to restrictions on the timing, manner and volume of sales of those shares. Upon consummation of this offering, HCG Holdings LLC and Gary E. Holdren will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to 10,005,881 restricted securities. In addition, our certificate of incorporation permits the issuance of up to 500,000,000 shares of common stock. After this offering, we estimate that we will have an aggregate of approximately 483,714,040 shares of our common stock authorized but unissued. Thus, we have the ability to issue substantial amounts of common stock in the future, which would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase our shares in this offering.

 

The company, each member of our board of directors, each of our director nominees, each of our executive officers and managing directors and the selling stockholder have agreed for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, to not, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities


21


Risk factors


LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, subject to certain permitted exceptions. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, 11,182,442 shares of common stock subject to these agreements, including shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, will be available for sale in the public market, subject to the vesting of the restricted common stock during the lock-up period and the restrictions on sales of “restricted securities” under the Securities Act.

 

We have adopted three equity incentive plans and, prior to the consummation of the offering, we intend to adopt a new equity incentive plan. See “Management—Equity Incentive Plans” for further information regarding our equity incentive plans. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the 2,141,000 shares that will be reserved for issuance under our equity incentive compensation plans.new plan as well as the shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options outstanding under our three existing plans, which as of September 17, 2004 was 1,670,041. Accordingly, subject to applicable vesting requirements and exercise with respect to options, and the provisions of Rule 144 with respect to affiliates and, if applicable, expiration of the 180-day lock-up agreements, shares registered under that registration statement will be available for sale in the open market immediately after the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.market. As soon as practicable following the filing of the Form S-8 registration statement, we intend to grant 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to certain of our employees.executive officers and employees, options exercisable for 75,800 shares of our common stock, with a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price, to one of our executive officers and certain of our employees, and options exercisable for 13,333 shares of our common stock, with a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price and assuming a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, to each of our independent directors.

 

For a more detailed description of additional shares that may be sold in the future, see the sections of this prospectus captioned “Shares eligible for future sale” and “Underwriting.”

 

Because HCG Holdings LLC will have the ability to continue to control us after this offering, the influence of our public stockholders over significant corporate actions will be limited, and conflicts of interest between HCG Holdings LLC and us or you could arise in the future.limited.

After the completion of this offering, HCG Holdings LLC will control approximately %59% of our outstanding common stock, or approximately %54% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment


16


Risk factors


option in full. As a result, after this offering, HCG Holdings LLC will continue to have the power to control all matters submitted to our stockholders, including the election of our directors and amendments to our certificate of incorporation, and will have the ability to approve or prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. Additionally, So long as HCG Holdings LLC continues to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, it will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

Conflicts of interests between HCG Holdings LLC and us or you could arise in the future.

Conflicts of interests between HCG Holdings LLC and us or you could arise in the future, and these conflicts may not be resolved in our or your favor. For instance,Lake Capital Partners LP and its affiliates, which control HCG Holdings LLC, are in the business of making investments in companies and have, and may from time to time acquire and hold, interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. These entities may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long asIn addition, HCG Holdings LLC, continuesthrough its significant ownership interest in us, may seek to own a significant amountcause us to take courses of the outstanding sharesaction that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment in us, but which might involve risks to, or otherwise adversely affect, us or you.


22


Risk factors


In addition, after this offering, some of our common stock, itexecutive officers and managing directors and a number of our board members will continue to be ablemembers of and hold equity interests in HCG Holdings LLC. These relationships with HCG Holdings LLC could create, or appear to strongly influence or effectively controlcreate, potential conflicts of interests when these individuals are faced with decisions that could have different implications for our decisions.company and HCG Holdings LLC.

 

Our common stock does not have a trading history, and you may not be able to trade our common stock if an active trading market does not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to applyhave applied for quotation of our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “HURN.” Although the underwriters have informed us that they intend to make a market in our common stock, they are not obligated to do so, and any market-making may be discontinued at any time without notice. Therefore, an active trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if it does develop, may not continue. As a result, the market price of our common stock, as well as your ability to sell our common stock, could be adversely affected.

 

The value of your investment may be subject to sudden decreases due to the potential volatility of the price of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including the following:factors discussed in other risk factors, which could also cause variations in our quarterly results of operations, and the following factors:

Øvariations in our quarterly results of operations, which could result from numerous factors including:

the size and number of client engagements commenced and completed during a quarter;

the achievement of milestones under performance-based engagements;

the number of business work days in a quarter; and

the number of our consultants;

Øadditions or departures of key personnel;

Øour ability to maintain adequate utilization of our consultants;

 

Ø press releases or publicity relating to us or our competitors or relating to trends in the industry;

Øthe loss of significant clients or engagements;

Øchanges in our reputation or the reputations of our consultants;

Øacquisitions or strategic alliances involving us or our competitors;

 

Ø changes in the legal or regulatory environment affecting businesses to which we provide services;

 

Ø changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;

 

Ø the operating and stock performance of other companies that investors may deem comparable;

 

Ø inability to meet quarterly or annual estimates or targets of our performance; and

 

Ø general domestic or international economic, market and political conditions; andconditions.

Øfuture sales of our common stock.


17


Risk factors


 

These factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent you from selling your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. In addition, the stock markets from time to time experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies.

 

In the past, some stockholders have brought securities class action lawsuits against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. We may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation, regardless of whether we are ultimately successful, could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.

 

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws and Delaware law could delay or prevent a takeover of us by a third party.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or otherwise adversely affect the price of our common stock. For example, our charter and bylaws will:

 

Ø permit our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with rights and preferences designated by our board;

 

Ø impose advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations of directors to be considered at stockholder meetings;


23


Risk factors


Østagger the terms of our board of directors into three classes;

 

Ø limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors;

 

Ø prohibit stockholders from filling vacancies on our board of directors;directors, unless the board of directors submits an election to fill a vacancy to a vote of stockholders;

 

Ø prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders and from taking action by written consent;

Øimpose advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations of directors to be considered at stockholder meetings;

Ørequire the approval of not less than two-thirds of the voting power of all of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote, voting together as a single class, to amend any provision of our charter described in the second through sixth bullet points above; and

 

Ø grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a stockholder vote and require the approval of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, for stockholders to amend or repeal our bylaws.bylaws; and

Ørequire the approval of not less than two-thirds of the voting power of all of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote, voting together as a single class, to amend any provision of our charter described in the third through seventh bullet points above or the super majority provision described in this bullet point.

 

These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our board. See “Description of capital stock” for additional information on the anti-takeover measures applicable to us.

 

We do not anticipate paying any dividends following the consummation of this offering.

Following the consummation of this offering, we currently expect that we will retain our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends. As a result, our stock may be less attractive to investors who seek dividend payments.

 


 

1824



 

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

 

Some of the statements under “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectation about our future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including, among others, those described under “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Therefore, you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. WeExcept to the extent required by applicable securities laws, we are under no duty and do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

 


 

1925



 

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds that we will receive from our sale of 3,333,333 shares of common stock in this offering will be $$42.8 million, assuming a public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

 

Upon the consummation of this offering,We currently estimate that we will use approximately $             million of our net proceeds from this offering for the following:

Øapproximately $15.1 million to exercise our option to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock;

Øapproximately $10.7 million to repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes, including accrued and unpaid interest;

Øan amount sufficient to repay any borrowings outstanding under our credit agreement at the time of the consummation of this offering; and

Øthe balance for general corporate purposes, including working capital.

The redemption amount of the 8% preferred stock which is equal to theirthe original issuance price of $1,000 per share plus cumulative dividends that will have accrued on a daily basis from the date of investment through the date of this prospectusthe redemption at a rate of 8% per annum, compounded annually, together with a liquidation participation amount. The liquidation participation amount is calculated as if we were liquidated aton the date of the redemption and approximately $             millionthe excess of our assets over our liabilities (with the liabilities including, for purposes of this calculation, the aggregate stated value of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and all accrued and unpaid interest) were distributed on a share for share basis among the holders of preferred stock and common stock. We expect the redemption date to repay our outstandingbe within two business days after the consummation of this offering.

The 8% promissory notes were issued at various times in 2002 and mature five years and six months from the date of issuance, subject to mandatory prepayment upon the occurrence of specified events, including accruedthe consummation of this offering. Interest on the promissory notes, which is payable annually, accrues at a rate of 8% per year.

Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at either the prime rate or LIBOR plus 2.75% and unpaid interest. are secured by substantially all of our assets. Borrowings under the credit agreement are payable at the expiration of the agreement in February 2005, subject to our compliance with a covenant that requires that we have an uninterrupted 30-day period each year with no loans outstanding. There were no borrowings outstanding under the credit agreement as of June 30, 2004 and September 23, 2004.

HCG Holdings LLC, our parent and the selling stockholder in this offering, currently owns approximately 94%93% of our common stock and all of our outstanding 8% preferred stock and 8% promissory notes. HCG Holdings LLC is controlled by Lake Capital Partners LP and Lake Capital Management LLC. The remaining equity interests in HCG Holdings LLC are held by certain other institutional investors, some of our executive officers and employees,24 of our other managing directors, each of our board members, a director nominee and approximately 3031 other holders. Our executive officers, board members and the director nominee holding interests in HCG Holdings LLC are Messrs. Holdren, Massaro, Burge, Broadhurst and McCartney. If, as we expect, HCG Holdings LLC distributes to its members all of the proceeds it receives from the sale of the 1,666,667 shares of common stock being offered by it in this offering, assuming a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, the redemption of the 8% preferred stock and the repayment of the 8%


26


Use of proceeds


promissory notes, we estimate that Messrs. Broadhurst, Burge, Holdren, Massaro and McCartney will receive a payment of approximately $43,800, $43,800, $875,000, $87,500 and $43,800, respectively.

We will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds of this offering that are not used to redeem the 8% preferred stock, and repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes.notes and repay outstanding indebtedness, if any, under our credit agreement. We intend to use the balance of our net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital. Should we determine to employ cash resources for the acquisition of complementary businesses or services, the amounts available for general corporate purposes may be significantly reduced. Although we evaluate potential acquisitions in the ordinary course of business, we have no specific understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any acquisition or investment at this time.

 

Until we use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, we intend to invest the funds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return.

 


27



Dividend policy

 

On May 12, 2004, we declared a special dividend on each outstanding share of our common stock and 8% preferred stock payable to holders of record on May 25, 2004. We paid the special dividend on June 29, 2004. The 8% preferred stock will participateparticipated on an as converted basis. The aggregate amount of the dividend will bewas $1.25 million, or $$0.09 per share of common stock and $$22.18 per share of 8% preferred stock,stock. The payment of the special dividend was funded by our available cash balance and will be paid prior toby borrowing availability under our credit agreement, which we repaid the consummation of this offering.following day. Other than the special dividend, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently expect that we will retain our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors the board of directors may deem relevant.

 


 

2028



 

Capitalization

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31,June 30, 2004:

 

Ø on an actual basis;

 

Ø on a pro forma basis to give effect to the following events as if each had occurred on March 31, 2004:

the paymentconversion of a special dividend on eachall of our outstanding shareshares of Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock and 8% preferred stock on an as converted basis in an aggregate amountthe renaming of $1.25 million, or $                 per share ofour Class A common stock and $             per share of 8% preferredto “common stock, which was declared on May 12, 2004 and will be paidoccur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and

offering pursuant to the issuance of              shares of restricted common stock to certainterms of our employees, which will occur on the datecertificate of this prospectus.incorporation; and

 

Ø on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the foregoing eventsconversion and the following events as if each had occurred on March 31,June 30, 2004:

 

  the conversionissuance of all769,700 shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock into shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation,employees, which will occur immediately prior toon the consummationdate of this offering;prospectus;

 

  the sale by us of 3,333,333 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

  the use of approximately $$14.8 million of our estimated net proceeds to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock; and

 

  the use of approximately $$10.5 million of our estimated net proceeds to repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes.

 

For further information regarding the redemption of our 8% preferred stock and the repayment of our outstanding 8% promissory notes, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of proceeds.”

 


 

2129


Capitalization


 

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Selected consolidated financial and other operating data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   As of March 31, 2004

   Actual  Pro forma  Pro forma
as adjusted

   (unaudited)
   (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $70  $  $ 
   


 

  

Long-term debt (consisting of 8% promissory notes)

  $10,076  $10,076  $        —

Total 8% preferred stock

   14,485   14,485   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

            

Class A common stock, par value $.01 per share;              shares authorized;             shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2004, actual and pro forma; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

   259   259   

Class B common stock; par value $.01 per share,              shares authorized;             shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2004, actual and pro forma; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

   16   16   

Common stock, par value $.01 per share;             shares authorized; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2004, actual and pro forma;             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

          

Restricted common stock

           

Additional paid-in capital

   56       

Retained deficit

   (4,867)       
   


 

  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   (4,536)       
   


 

  

Total capitalization

  $20,025  $   $ 
   


 

  


(1)As of March 31, 2004, we would have utilized borrowings under the line of credit and the balance of cash and cash equivalents to pay the special dividend.
   As of June 30, 2004

 
   Actual  Pro forma  Pro forma
as adjusted
 
   (unaudited) 
   (in thousands) 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $943  $943  $18,461 
   


 


 


Long-term debt (consisting of 8% promissory notes)

  $10,076  $10,076  $        — 

Total 8% preferred stock

   14,770   14,770    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

             

Class A common stock (renamed “common stock” immediately prior to the consummation of this offering), par value $.01 per share; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 11,285,592 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2004, actual; 12,176,619 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 16,279,652 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

   113   122   163 

Class B common stock; par value $.01 per share, 6,486,715 shares authorized and 891,027 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2004, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   9       

Restricted common stock

         (11,546)

Additional paid-in capital

   1,224   1,224   55,496 

Retained deficit

   (1,516)  (1,516)  (1,516)
   


 


 


Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   (170)  (170)  42,597 
   


 


 


Total capitalization

  $24,676  $24,676  $42,597 
   


 


 


 

The outstanding share information as of March 31,June 30, 2004 excludes 1,713,041 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued under our equity incentive plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $$0.76 per share.

 


 

2230



 

Dilution

 

Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will suffer an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share. Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common stock exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of our common stock deemed to be outstanding on the date the book value is determined after giving effect to a 1 for 2.3 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

At March 31,June 30, 2004, we had a net tangible book value of $(4.5)$(0.2) million, or $$(0.01) per share of common stock. After giving effect to adjustments relating to this offering as if they had occurred on March 31,June 30, 2004, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at March 31,June 30, 2004 would have been $            ,$42.6 million, or $$2.62 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $$2.63 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $$12.38 per share. The adjustments made to determine pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share are:

 

Ø the paymentissuance of a special dividend on each outstanding share of our common stock and 8% preferred stock on an as converted basis in an aggregate amount of $1.25 million, or $                 per share of common stock and $             per share of preferred stock, which was declared on May 12, 2004 and will be paid prior to the consummation of this offering;

Øthe issuance of769,700 shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees, which will occur on the date of this prospectus;

 

Ø the sale by us of 3,333,333 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

Ø the use of approximately $$14.8 million of our estimated net proceeds to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock; and

 

Ø the use of approximately $$10.5 million of our estimated net proceeds to repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes.

 

For further information regarding the redemption of our 8% preferred stock and the repayment of our outstanding 8% promissory notes, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of proceeds.”

 

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed public offering price per share

$

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2004 before this offering

$

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share resulting from this offering

$


Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2004 after this offering

$


Dilution per share to new investors

$


Assumed public offering price per share

      $15.00

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at June 30, 2004 before this offering

  $(0.01)   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share resulting from this offering

  $2.63    
   


   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share at June 30, 2004 after this offering

      $2.62
  ��    

Dilution per share to new investors

      $12.38
       

 


 

2331


Dilution


 

The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of March 31,June 30, 2004, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering, assuming a public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus (before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us):

 

Shares purchased

Total cash
consideration


Average price
per share
Number%Amount%

Existing stockholders

            %$            %$

New investors

            %            %





Total

            %$            %





   Shares purchased

  Total cash
consideration


  Average price
per share
   Number  %  Amount  %  

Existing stockholders

  12,176,619  79% $314,238  0.6% $0.03

New investors

  3,333,333  21%  49,999,995  99.4% $15.00
   
  

 

  

   

Total

  15,509,952  100% $50,314,233  100%   
   
  

 

  

   

 

The discussion and tables above exclude 1,713,041 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued under our equity incentive plans as of March 31,June 30, 2004, with a weighted average exercise price of $$0.76 per share, and 194,419 shares available for future issuance under our equity incentive plans as of March 31,June 30, 2004. To the extent that any of our outstanding options are exercised there will be further dilution to new investors.

 


 

2432



 

Selected consolidated financial and other operating data

 

We have derived the following selected consolidated financial data as of the end of and for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2003 from our audited consolidated financial statements, except for the pro forma data. We have derived the following selected consolidated financial data for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003 and as of and for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, except for the pro forma data. In the opinion of management, this information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations and financial position for such periods. The information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 


 

2533


Selected consolidated financial and other operating data


 

  March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,
2002
  Year ended
December 31,
2003
  

Three months
ended

March 31,


  March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,
2002
  Year ended
December 31,
2003
  

Six months

ended

June 30,


 
Consolidated statements of operations data:   2003  2004   2003  2004 

      (unaudited)      (unaudited) 
  (in thousands, except per share
and other operating data)
  (in thousands, except per share
and other operating data)
 

Revenues and reimbursable expenses:

            

Revenues

  $35,101  $101,486  $23,212  $40,101  $35,101  $101,486  $46,923  $81,604 

Reimbursable expenses

   2,921   8,808   2,069   3,443   2,921   8,808   3,906   7,090 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

   38,022   110,294   25,281   43,544   38,022   110,294   50,829   88,694 

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses:

            

Direct costs

   26,055   69,401   13,581   24,868   26,055   69,401   29,320   47,591 

Reimbursable expenses

   2,921   8,929   2,069   3,523   2,921   8,929   3,917   7,065 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Total direct costs and reimbursable expenses

   28,976   78,330   15,650   28,391   28,976   78,330   33,237   54,656 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Gross profit

   9,046   31,964   9,631   15,153   9,046   31,964   17,592   34,038 

Operating expenses:

            

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Depreciation and amortization expense

   
 
8,813
3,048
 
 
  
 
25,185
5,328
 
 
  
 
4,826
1,290
   
 
8,158
603
   
 
8,813
3,048
 
 
  
 
25,185
5,328
 
 
  
 
11,093
2,658
   
 
17,840
1,075
 
 

Other operating expenses(1)

   3,715   1,668      2,139   3,715   1,668      2,139 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Total operating expenses

   15,576   32,181   6,116   10,900   15,576   32,181   13,751   21,054 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Operating (loss) income

   (6,530)  (217)  3,515   4,253   (6,530)  (217)  3,841   12,984 

Other expense:

            

Interest expense

   332   856   198   245   332   856   418   516 

Other

   1   112   1      1   112   112   (1)
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Total other expense

   333   968   199   245   333   968   530   515 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

   (6,863)  (1,185)  3,316   4,008   (6,863)  (1,185)  3,311   12,469 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

   (2,697)  (122)  1,375   1,661   (2,697)  (122)  1,451   5,237 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Net (loss) income

   (4,166)  (1,063)  1,941   2,347   (4,166)  (1,063)  1,860   7,232 

Accrued dividends on 8% preferred stock

   646   1,066   253   273   646   1,066   516   558 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $(4,812) $(2,129) $1,688  $2,074  $(4,812) $(2,129) $1,344  $6,674 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

            

Basic

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.50 

Diluted

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.47 

Weighted average shares used in calculating net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

            

Basic

   27,147   27,303   27,147   27,540   11,803   11,871   11,806   12,011 

Diluted

   27,147   27,303   27,147   29,319   11,803   11,871   12,357   13,005 

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders(2)

   $(580)   $2,464

Cash dividend per common share(2)

           $0.09 
   


   

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

      

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders(3)

   $(580)   $7,477 
   


   


Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share(3):

      

Basic

   $     $    $(0.04)   $0.50 

Diluted

   $     $    $(0.04)   $0.47 

Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share(3):

      

Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share(4):

      

Basic

          14,787     14,981 

Diluted

          14,787     15,975 

(See footnotes on the following page.)

 


 

2634


Selected consolidated financial and other operating data


 

  March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,
2002
  Year ended
December 31,
2003
  

Six months

ended

June 30,


 
Other operating data (unaudited):             2003 2004 

 

Number of consultants (at end of period)(4)(5)

   262   477   294   483    262   477   355   499 

Utilization rate(5)(6)

   57.3%  66.1%  75.8%  73.4%   57.3%  66.1%  72.4%  72.6%

Average billing rate per hour(6)(7)

  $206  $217  $228  $229   $206  $217  $224  $238 

 

  As of December 31,

 As of
March 31,
2004
   As of December 31,

 

As of

June 30,
2004

 
Consolidated balance sheet data:  2002 2003   2002 2003 

 
      (unaudited)       (unaudited) 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $4,449  $4,251  $70   $4,449  $4,251  $943 

Working capital

   9,780   10,159   13,073    9,780   10,159   16,838 

Total assets

   26,583   39,889   42,542    26,583   39,889   48,932 

Long-term debt (consisting of 8% promissory notes)

   10,076   10,076   10,076    10,076   10,076   10,076 

Total 8% preferred stock

   13,146   14,212   14,485    13,146   14,212   14,770 

Total stockholders’ deficit

   (4,543)  (6,624)  (4,536)   (4,543)  (6,624)  (170)

(1) Other operating expenses includeconsist of management and advisory fees paid to related parties and organizational costs totaling $3,715 for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002, a loss on lease abandonment of $1,668 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and a restructuring charge of $2,139 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004.
(2)On May 12, 2004, we declared a special dividend on each outstanding share of our common stock and 8% preferred stock payable to holders of record on May 25, 2004. We paid the special dividend on June 29, 2004. The 8% preferred stock participated on an as converted basis. The aggregate amount of the dividend was $1.25 million, or $0.09 per share of common stock and $22.18 per share of 8% preferred stock. Other than the special dividend, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend policy.”
(3) The total pro forma adjustments to net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders are approximately $1,549 and $390$803 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively. The adjustments consist of an adjustment of approximately $1,066 and $273$558 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, to eliminate the accrued preferred stock dividends associated with our outstanding 8% preferred stock and an adjustment of approximately $483 and $117$245 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, to eliminate the interest expense, net of tax expense, related to the repayment of our outstanding 8% promissory notes. We will redeem the 8% preferred stock and repay the 8% promissory notes with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering as discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of proceeds.”
(3)(4) The pro forma weighted average shares outstanding represents an increase of 2,916 and 2,970 weighted average shares as of December 31, 2003 and March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, related to the issuance of shares that would have been issued by us in this offering, based on an assumed public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, in order to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock (including the liquidation participation amount) and repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes, as if these transactions occurred at the beginning of each period. See “Use of proceeds.” The pro forma weighted average shares outstanding also includes the issuance of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock as of December 31, 2003 and March 31,June 30, 2004, as if this issuance also occurred at the beginning of each period. We intend to issue these shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus.
(4)(5) Consultants consist of our billable professionals.
(5)(6) We calculate the utilization rate for our consultants by dividing the number of hours all of our consultants worked on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours for all of our consultants during the same period, assuming a forty-hour work week, less paid holidays and vacation days.
(6)(7) Average billing rate per hour is calculated by dividing revenues for a period by the number of hours worked on client assignments during the same period.

 


 

2735



 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the risks described in “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following discussion with “Selected consolidated financial and other operating data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are an independent provider of financial and operational consulting services. We commenced operations in May 2002 with a core group of experienced financial and operational consultants, composed primarily of former Arthur Andersen LLP partners and professionals. We have grown significantly since we commenced operations, more than doubling the number of our consultants from 213 on May 31, 2002 to 483486 as of March 31,September 17, 2004. In response to strong demand for our services, we began aggressively hiring consultants in the first quarter of 2003 and added over 200 new consultants during 2003. While this aggressive hiring reduced our utilization rate (determined by dividing the number of hours all of our consultants worked on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours for all of our consultants during the same period, assuming a forty-hour work week, less paid holidays and vacation days) as we integrated our new hires, we believe the early results of this growth initiative are evident in our recent financial results. Revenues in 2002 totaled $35.1 million for our first eight months of operations and rose to $101.5 million in 2003, our first full year of operations. Revenues in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 totaled $40.1$81.6 million, a 72.8%74.0% increase from revenues of $23.2$46.9 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003.

 

We provide our services through two segments: Financial Consulting and Operational Consulting. Our Financial Consulting segment provides services that help clients effectively address complex challenges that arise from litigation, disputes, investigations, regulation, financial distress and other sources of significant conflict or change. Our Operational Consulting segment provides services that help clients improve the overall efficiency and effectiveness of their operations, reduce costs, manage regulatory compliance and maximize procurement efficiency.

 

Revenues

We derive all of our revenues from providing financial and operational consulting services through three principal types of billing arrangements consisting of time-and-expense, fixed-fee and performance-based. Revenues as presented are net of provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services. We manage our business on the basis of revenues before reimbursable expenses. We believe this is the most accurate reflection of our consulting services because it eliminates the effect of reimbursable expenses that we bill to our clients at cost.

 

Since our inception, most of our revenues have been generated from time-and-expense engagements. In time-and-expense engagements, fees are based on the hours incurred at agreed upon billing rates. Time-and-expense engagements represented approximately 78.8%80.8% of our revenues in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004.

 

In fixed-fee engagements, we agree to a pre-established fee in exchange for a pre-determined set of consulting services. We set the fees based on our estimates of the costs and timing for completing the fixed-fee engagements. It is the client’s expectation in these engagements that the pre-established fee will not be exceeded except in mutually agreed upon circumstances. For the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, fixed-fee engagements represented approximately 15.6%12.3% of our revenues.

 


 

2836


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Performance-based fee engagements generally tie fees to the attainment of contractually defined objectives. We enter into performance-based engagements in essentially two forms. First, we generally earn fees that are directly related to the savings formally acknowledged by the client as a result of adopting our recommendations for improving cost effectiveness in the procurement area. Second, we have performance-based engagements in which we earn a success fee when and if certain pre-defined outcomes occur. Often this type of success fee supplements time-and-expense or fixed-fee engagements. For example, our revenues for the second quarter of 2004 included a $1.6 million success fee earned on a time-and-expense engagement that included a performance-based component related to the completion of a series of asset sales transactions managed on behalf of a single financial consulting segment client over a two-year period. While performance-based fee revenues represented approximately 5.6%6.9% of our revenues in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, such revenues in the future may cause significant variations in quarterly revenues and operating results due to the timing of achieving the performance-based criteria.

 

Our quarterly results are also affectedimpacted principally by our utilization rate, the number of business days in each quarter and the number of business work days in each quarter.our consultants who are available to work. Our utilization rate can be negatively affected by increased hiring because there is generally a transition period for new consultants that results in a temporary drop in our utilization rate. Our utilization rate can also be affected by seasonal variations in the demand for our services from our clients. For example, during the third and fourth quarters of the year, vacations taken by our clients can result in the deferral of spending on existing and new engagements, which would negatively affect our utilization rate. The number of business work days are also affected by the number of vacation days taken by our consultants and holidays in each quarter. We typically have 10% to 15% fewer business work days available in the third and fourth quarters of the year, which can impact revenues during those periods. In particular, theThe decline in the number of business work days in the third and fourth quarters of 2002 and 2003 was offset by the hiring of a substantial number of additional consultants during those periods, thereby resulting in an increase in sequential revenues by quarter during both years. Future quarterly revenuesWe expect to continue to hire a meaningful number of new consultants in the future as demand for our various services continues to grow. The actual number and experience level of consultants to be hired will be impacted principally by the number of our available consultants, our utilization rate and the number of business work days in a quarter.response to future market conditions.

 

Reimbursable expenses

Reimbursable expenses that are billed to clients, primarily relating to travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with engagements, are included in total revenues and reimbursable expenses, and typically an equivalent amount of these expenses are included in total direct costcosts and reimbursable expenses. The amount of reimbursable expenses included in total revenues and reimbursable expenses.expenses may not always correspond with the amount of these expenses included in total direct costs and reimbursable expenses due to the fact that revenues from reimbursable expenses associated with performance-based engagements may be deferred and recognized at a later date when the revenue on these engagements is recognized. This treatment can result in a timing difference between when revenue from reimbursable expenses is recognized and when such expenses are recognized in the statement of operations. Such timing differences are eliminated when the performance-based engagement is completed, as total cumulative revenues from reimbursable expenses will equal the total cumulative reimbursable expenses incurred on the engagement.

 

Direct costs

Our most significant expenses are costs classified as direct costs. These direct costs primarily include salaries, performance bonuses, payroll taxes and benefits for consultants, as well as fees paid to independent subcontractors that we retain to supplement consulting personnel, typically on an as needed basis for specific client engagements.


37


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses, which consist primarily of salaries, performance bonuses, payroll taxes and benefits for non-billable professionals. Also included in this category are other sales and marketing related expenses, rent and other office related expenses, professional fees and depreciation and amortization expense.

 

Segment results

Segment operating income consists of the revenues generated by a segment, less the direct costs of revenue and selling, general and administrative costs that are incurred directly by the segment. Unallocated corporate costs include costs related to administrative functions that are performed in a centralized manner that are not attributable to a particular segment. These administrative function costs include corporate office support costs, all office facility costs, costs relating to accounting and finance, human resources, legal, marketing, information technology and company-wide business development functions, as well as costs related to overall corporate management.

 


29


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The notes to our consolidated financial statements include disclosure of our significant accounting policies. We annually review our financial reporting and disclosure practices and accounting policies to ensure that our financial reporting and disclosures provide accurate information relative to the current economic and business environment. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make assessments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Critical accounting policies are those policies that we believe present the most complex or subjective measurements and have the most potential to impact our financial position and operating results. While all decisions regarding accounting policies are important, we believe that there are four accounting policies that could be considered critical. These critical policies, which are presented in detail in the notes to our financial statements, relate to revenue recognition, the provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services, valuation of net deferred tax assets and stock-based compensation.

 

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenues in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” as amended by SAB No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.” Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the related services are provided, the price is fixed and determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Our services are primarily rendered under engagements that require the client to pay on a time-and-expense basis. Fees are based on the hours incurred at agreed-upon rates and recognized as services are provided. Revenues related to fixed-fee engagements are recognized based on estimates of work completed versus the total services to be provided under the engagement. Losses, if any, on fixed-fee engagements are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. To date, such losses have not been significant. Revenues related to performance-based engagements are recognized when all performance-based criteria are met. We also have contracts with clients to deliver multiple services that are covered under both individual and separate engagement letters. These arrangements allow for our services to be valued and accounted for on a separate basis. Reimbursable expenses related to time-and-expense and fixed-fee engagements are recognized as revenue in the period in which the expense is incurred. Reimbursable expenses subject to performance-based criteria are recognized as revenue when all


38


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


performance criteria are met. Direct costs incurred on all types of engagements, including performance-based engagements, are recognized in the period in which incurred.

 

Differences between the timing of billings and the recognition of revenue are recognized as either unbilled services or deferred revenue. Revenues recognized for services performed but not yet billed to clients are recorded as unbilled services. Amounts billed to clients but not yet recognized as revenues are recorded as deferred revenue. Client prepayments and retainers that are unearned are also classified as deferred revenue and recognized over future periods as earned in accordance with the applicable engagement agreement.

 

ProvisionAllowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

We maintain a provisionan allowance for doubtful accounts and for services performed but not yet billed for estimated losses based on several factors, including the historical percentages of fee adjustments and write-offs by practice group, an assessment of a client’s ability to make required payments and the estimated cash realization from amounts due from clients. The provisionallowance is assessed by management on a quarterly basis. If the financial condition of a client deteriorates in the future, impacting the client’s ability to make payments, an increase to our provisionallowance might be required or our provisionallowance may not be sufficient to cover actual write-offs.

 


30


Management’s discussionThe provision for doubtful accounts and analysis of financial conditionunbilled services is recorded as a reduction in revenue to the extent the provision relates to fee adjustments and results of operationsother discretionary pricing adjustments. To the extent the provision relates to a client’s inability to make required payments, the provision is recorded in operating expenses.


 

Valuation of net deferred tax assets

We have recorded net deferred tax assets as we expect to realize future tax benefits related to the utilization of these assets. Although we have experienced net losses have been experienced since our inception in 2002, no valuation allowance has been recorded relating to these deferred tax assets because we believe that it is more likely than not that future taxable income will be sufficient to allow us to utilize these assets. Should we determine in the future that we will not be able to fully utilize all or part of these deferred tax assets, we would need to establish a valuation allowance, which would be recorded as a charge to income in the period the determination was made. While utilization of these deferred tax assets will provide future cash flow benefits, they will not have an effect on future income tax provisions.

 

Stock-based compensation

The accounting for stock-based compensation is complex, and under certain circumstances, GAAP allows for alternative methods. As permitted, we account for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations and have elected the disclosure option of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS No. 123 requires that companies either recognize compensation expense for grants of stock, stock options and other equity instruments based on fair value, or provide pro forma disclosure of net income and earnings per share in the notes to the financial statements. Accordingly, we have measured compensation expense for stock options that we have granted to employees as the excess, if any, of the estimated fair value of our common stock, based upon the results of an independent appraiser, at the date of grant over the exercise price. The calculated stock-based compensation is included as a component of stockholders’ equity and is amortized on a straight-line basis by charges to earnings over the vesting period of the applicable options.

 


 

3139


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Given the lack of a public market for our common stock, we established an estimated fair value of the common stock as well as the exercise price for the options to purchase this stock. At various dates during the year, we estimated the fair value of our common stock by evaluating our results of business activities and projections of our future results of operations. Based upon an estimated public offering price of $15.00, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of the options outstanding at June 30, 2004 was $24.4 million, of which $2.2 million related to the vested options and $22.2 million related to the unvested options.


40


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following table sets forth selected segment and consolidated operating results and other operating data for the periods indicated:

 

  

Period from
March 19,
2002
(inception) to

Dec. 31, 2002

  

Year ended
December 31,

2003

  

Three months

ended March 31,


   

Period from
March 19,
2002
(inception) to

Dec. 31, 2002

  

Year ended
December 31,

2003

  

Six months

ended June 30,


 
Segment and consolidated operating results:   2003 2004    2003 2004 

 
      (unaudited)       (unaudited) 
  (in thousands)   (in thousands) 

Revenues and reimbursable expenses:

      

Financial Consulting revenues

  $22,400  $69,941  $17,217  $24,718   $22,400   $69,941  $33,518  $50,827 

Operational Consulting revenues

   12,701   31,545   5,995   15,383    12,701   31,545   13,405   30,777 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Total revenues

   35,101   101,486   23,212   40,101    35,101   101,486   46,923   81,604 

Total reimbursable expenses

   2,921   8,808   2,069   3,443    2,921   8,808   3,906   7,090 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

  $38,022  $110,294  $25,281  $43,544   $38,022  $110,294  $50,829  $88,694 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Operating (loss) income:

      

Financial Consulting

  $3,912  $22,011  $7,592  $8,470   $3,912  $22,011  $12,942  $20,288 

Operational Consulting

   3,527   5,383   1,336   5,114    3,527   5,383   3,033   10,238 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Total segment operating income

   7,439   27,394   8,928   13,584    7,439   27,394   15,975   30,526 

Unallocated corporate costs

   7,206   20,615   4,123   6,589    7,206   20,615   9,476   14,328 

Depreciation and amortization expense

   3,048   5,328   1,290   603    3,048   5,328   2,658   1,075 

Other operating expenses

   3,715   1,668      2,139    3,715   1,668      2,139 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

   13,969   27,611   5,413   9,331    13,969   27,611   12,134   17,542 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Operating (loss) income

  $(6,530) $(217) $3,515  $4,253   $(6,530) $(217) $3,841  $12,984 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Other operating data (unaudited):                    

 

Number of consultants (at period end)(1):

      

Financial Consulting

   172   290   190   287    172   290   223   292 

Operational Consulting

   90   187   104   196    90   187   132   207 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Total

   262   477   294   483    262   477   355   499 

Utilization rate(2):

      

Financial Consulting

   55.7%  66.8%  80.8%  72.5%   55.7%  66.8%  74.1%  73.1%

Operational Consulting

   60.5%  65.0%  66.4%  74.8%   60.5%  65.0%  69.3%  72.0%

Total

   57.3%  66.1%  75.8%  73.4%   57.3%  66.1%  72.4%  72.6%

Average billing rate per hour(3):

      

Financial Consulting

  $212  $233  $237  $240   $212  $233  $236  $252 

Operational Consulting

  $195  $189  $204  $213   $195  $189  $197  $219 

Total

  $206  $217  $228  $229   $206  $217  $224  $238 

(1) Consultants consist of our billable professionals.
(2) We calculate the utilization rate for our consultants by dividing the number of hours all our consultants worked on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours for all of our consultants during the same period, assuming a forty-hour work week, less paid holidays and vacation days.
(3) Average billing rate per hour is calculated by dividing revenues for a period by the number of hours worked on client assignments during the same period.

 


 

3241


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

ThreeSix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 compared to the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003

 

Revenues

Revenues increased $16.9$34.7 million, or 72.8%74.0%, to $40.1$81.6 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $23.2$46.9 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements increased $11.5$25.6 million, or 57.2%63.4%, to $31.6$66.0 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $20.1$40.4 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Revenues from fixed-fee engagements increased $3.7$4.7 million, or 142.3%88.7%, to $6.3$10.0 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $2.6$5.3 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Revenues from performance-based engagements increased $1.7$4.4 million, or 340.0%366.7%, to $2.2$5.6 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $0.5$1.2 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Included in performance-based revenues for the 2004 period was a $1.6 million success fee recognized in the second quarter related to the completion of a series of asset sales transactions managed on behalf of a single financial consulting segment client over a two-year period.

 

The increase in revenues was reflective of accelerated hiring, an increase in the average billing rate per hour and increaseda slight increase in our utilization rate. The overall $34.7 million increase in revenues resulted from a $28.1 million increase in revenues attributable to an increase in billable hours associated with the hiring of additional consultants and a $6.6 million increase in revenues attributable to an increase in the average billing rates without a significant decrease in utilization.rate per hour. The average number of consultants increased to 483 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 279299 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003, due to the additionas we added a substantial number of consultants during the third and fourth quarters of 2003 to meet increased clientgrowing demand for our services and position us for future growth. In addition, the average billing rate per hour increased to $229$238 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $228$224 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Average billing rate per hour for any given period is calculated by dividing revenues for the period by the number of hours worked on client assignments during the same period. Our utilization rates for consultants decreasedrate increased slightly to 73.4%72.6% for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 75.8%72.4% for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Utilization for the three months ended March 31, 2003 was influenced by two large time-sensitive engagements involving a large number of consultants.

 

Direct costs

Our direct costs increased $11.3$18.3 million, or 83.1%62.5%, to $24.9$47.6 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $13.6$29.3 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. This increase in cost was primarily attributable to anthe increase in the average number of consultants to 483 for the three months ended March 31, 2004 from 279 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 as we added a substantial number of consultants during the third and fourth quarters of 2003 to meet a growing demand for our services.described above. We expect direct costs will increase in the near term as we focus primarily on hiring additional managers, associates and analysts to expand support for our existing practices and better leverage the managing directors and directors that we hired in 2003.

 

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $3.4$6.7 million, or 70.8%60.4%, to $8.2$17.8 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $4.8$11.1 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. The increase was due in part to an increase in the average number of non-billable professionals to 101105 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 5865 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003 and their related compensation and benefit costs of $4.0$7.9 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 compared to $2.0$4.2 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. The six months ended June 30, 2004 also included $0.6 million in employee severance and anticipated litigation settlement charges recorded in the second quarter. The remaining increase in selling, general and administrative costs in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 compared to the same period in the prior year was due to increases in rent and other facility costs, promotion and marketing costs and other administrative costs associated with the general growth in business activity. We expect operating expenses will increase in the future in response to ongoing growth in business activity and new costs associated with being a public company.

 

Depreciation expense increased $0.4 million to $0.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $0.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003 as computers and leasehold improvements


 

3342


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Depreciation expense increased $0.5 million to $1.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2004 from $0.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2003 as computers and leasehold improvements were added to support our increase in employees. There was no amortization expense in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 compared to $1.1$2.1 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. The decrease in amortization expense in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 was due to the amortization of the $5.5 million in intangible costs paid in 2002 to obtain the release of certain of our employees from non-competition agreements with Arthur Andersen LLP, their former employer, and the related assumption of $0.8 million in liabilities, both of which were fully amortized by December 31, 2003.

 

Other operating expenses in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 also includesconsisted of a $2.1 million pre-tax restructuring charge associated with the closing of two small, underperforming offices in Miami, Florida and Palo Alto, California. The charge included an accrualconsisted of approximately $2.0 million for severance payments for the ten employees formerly employed at these locations alland an accrual of which was paid in April 2004, and approximately $0.1 million for office lease payments, which will bewere paid by August 31, 2004. Three of the ten employees had contracts guaranteeing them base salary and bonus if terminated under certain circumstances.

 

In September 2004, we decided to eliminate a service offering of a practice area in our operational consulting segment that was not meeting our expectations. Additionally, in a continual effort to streamline our operations and allocate resources more appropriately, we reduced our headcount in certain other practice areas across both segments. As such, we expect third quarter 2004 operating expenses to include charges of approximately $2.1 million for severance payments. In connection with these actions, we expect to realize cost savings over the next twelve months of approximately $3.5 million principally from compensation savings beginning in the fourth quarter of 2004. We expect that these cost savings will to some extent be offset by some related lost service offering revenue and additional costs as we increase headcount in other practice areas.

Operating income

Operating income increased $0.8$9.2 million, or 22.9%242.1%, to $4.3$13.0 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $3.5$3.8 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003, primarily as a result of the changes in revenues, direct costs and operating expenses discussed above. Operating margin, which is defined as operating income expressed as a percentage of revenues, declinedincreased to 10.6%15.9% in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 15.1%8.1% in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003.

 

Segment results

 

Financial Consulting

 

Revenues

Financial Consulting segment revenues increased $7.5$17.3 million, or 43.6%51.6%, to $24.7$50.8 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $17.2$33.5 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements increased $7.4$15.6 million, or 47.7%51%, to $22.9$46.2 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $15.5$30.6 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Revenues from fixed-fee engagements increased $0.3$0.4 million, or 20.0%15.4%, to $1.8$3.0 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $1.5$2.6 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. There were no revenuesRevenues from performance-based engagements for the three months ended March 31, 2004 comparedincreased $1.3 million, or 433.3%, to $0.2$1.6 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003. Performance-based fee revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2004 consisted of fees recognized in the second quarter of 2004 relating to the successful completion of a series of asset sales transactions managed on behalf of a single client over a two-year period.


43


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


The overall $17.3 million increase in revenues was reflectiveresulted from a $14.4 million increase in revenues attributable to an increase in billable hours associated with the hiring of increasesadditional consultants and a $3.4 million increase in the average number of consultants andrevenues attributable to an increase in the average billing rate per hour.hour, which were partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in revenues attributable to a decrease in our utilization rate. The average number of consultants increased to 291308 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 182206 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003 as we added a substantial number of consultants across all of our practices to meet growing demand for our services. The average billing rate per hour increased to $240$252 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $237$236 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. The increased headcount and average billing rate per hour were partially offset by a decrease in theour utilization rate for our consultants to 72.5%73.1% for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 80.8%74.1% for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Utilization for the three months ended March 31, 2003 was influenced by two large time-sensitive engagements involving a large number of consultants.

 

Operating income

Financial Consulting segment operating income increased $0.9$7.4 million, or 11.8%57.4%, to $8.5$20.3 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $7.6$12.9 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Operating income associated with the $1.6 million success fee recognized in the second quarter of 2004 was $1.3 million. Segment operating margin, defined as segment operating income expressed as a percentage of segment revenues, declinedincreased to 34.3%39.9% in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 44.1%38.6% in the three months


34


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


ended March 31, 2003 due to a $0.2 million decline in performance-based fee revenues recognized and a decline in segment utilization rates to 72.5% for the threesix months ended March 31, 2004 from 80.8% forJune 30, 2003, primarily as a result of the three months ended March 31, 2003.increase in revenues discussed above, partially offset by an increase in direct costs and selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Operational Consulting

 

Revenues

Operational Consulting segment revenues increased $9.4$17.4 million, or 156.7%129.9%, to $15.4$30.8 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $6.0$13.4 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements increased $4.0$10.0 million, or 85.1%102.0%, to $8.7$19.8 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $4.7$9.8 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Revenues from fixed-fee engagements increased $3.4$4.3 million, or 309.1%159.3%, to $4.5$7.0 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $1.1$2.7 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Revenues from performance-based engagements increased $2.0$3.1 million, or 344.4%, to $2.2$4.0 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $0.2$0.9 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. The

Of the overall $17.4 million increase in revenues, $13.7 million was reflectiveattributable to an increase in billable hours associated with the hiring of increasesadditional consultants, $3.2 million was attributable to an increase in each of the average number of consultants, the average billing rate per hour and the$0.5 million was attributable to an increase in our utilization rate of our consultants.rate. The average number of consultants increased to 192201 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 97112 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003 as we added a substantial number of consultants across all of our practices to meet growing demand for our services. The average billing rate per hour increased to $213$219 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $204$197 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. In addition, theour utilization rate for our consultants increased to 74.8%72.0% for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 66.4%69.3% for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003.

 

Operating income

Operational Consulting segment operating income increased $3.8$7.2 million, or 292.3%240.0%, to $5.1$10.2 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from $1.3$3.0 million in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Segment operating margin increased to 33.2%33.3% in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 from 22.3%22.6% in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003, due toprimarily as a result of the higher level of performance-based feeincrease in revenues recognized during the current year period as compared to the prior year period anddiscussed above, partially offset by an increase in the segment utilization rate to 74.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2004 from 66.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2003.direct costs and selling, general and administrative expenses.


44


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared to period from March 19, 2002 (inception) through December 31, 2002

 

Revenues

Revenues increased $66.4 million, or 189.2%, to $101.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $35.1 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements increased $55.6 million, or 182.3%, to $86.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $30.5 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Revenues from fixed-fee engagements increased $8.0 million, or 195.1%, to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $4.1 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Revenues from performance-based engagements increased $2.8 million to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $0.5 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. In addition

The overall $66.4 million increase in revenues resulted from a $55.9 million increase in revenues attributable to an increase in billable hours associated with the hiring of additional consultants and 2003 having twelve months of operations versus the first eight months of our operations in the 2002 period, thea $5.1 million increase in revenues was reflective of increasesattributable to an increase in the average number of consultants, the average billing rate per hour and thea $5.4 million increase in revenues attributable to an increase in our utilization rate of our consultants.rate. The average number of consultants increased to 365 for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 247 for the partial year ended December 31, 2002 as we added a substantial number of consultants across all of our practices to meet groupgrowing demand for our services. The average billing rate per hour increased to $217 for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $206 for the


35


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


partial year ended December 31, 2002. In addition, theour utilization rate for our consultants increased to 66.1% for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 57.3% in the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Utilization for the year ended December 31, 2003 was influenced by two large time-sensitive engagements involving a large number of consultants.

 

Direct costs

Our direct costs increased $43.3 million, or 165.9%, to $69.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 from $26.1 million in the partial year ended December 31, 2002. This increase in cost was primarily attributable to anthe increase in the average number of consultants to 365 for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 247 for the partial year ended December 31, 2002 as we added a substantial number of consultants across all of our practices to meet a growing demand for our services.described above.

 

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $16.4 million, or 186.4%, to $25.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 from $8.8 million in the partial year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was due in part to an increase in the average number of non-billable professionals to 76 for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 45 for the partial year ended December 31, 2002 and their related compensation and benefit costs of $9.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $3.2 million in the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Office and equipment rentals increased to $4.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 from $1.1 million in the partial year ended December 31, 2002 as a result of increased office space and other facility costs associated with our quickly growing consultant and administrative workforce.

 

Depreciation expense increased $1.2 million to $1.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 from $0.4 million in the partial year ended December 31, 2002 as we added computers and leasehold improvements during 2003 to support our increase in employees. Amortization expense increased $1.1 million to $3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 from $2.6 million in the partial year ended December 31, 2002. The increase in amortization expense was due to the amortization of the $5.5 million in intangible costs paid in 2002 to obtain the release of certain of our employees from non-competition agreements with Arthur Andersen LLP, their former employer, and the related assumption of $0.8 million in liabilities, both of which were fully amortized by December 31, 2003.

 


45


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Other operating expenses in the year ended December 31, 2003 also includedconsisted of a $1.7 million charge for the loss associated with the abandonment of an office lease while the partial year ended December 31, 2002 includedconsisted of a $2.5 million expense related to management fees paid to an affiliate of Lake Capital Partners LP, which along with Lake Capital Management LLC controls our parent, HCG Holdings LLC, a $0.2 million expense related to advisory fees paid to an affiliate of PPM America, Inc., which is a member of HCG Holdings LLC, and $1.0 million in other organization costs associated with the formation of our company.

 

Operating loss

The operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2003 amounted to $0.2 million as compared to an operating loss of $6.5 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Segment results

 

Financial Consulting

 

Revenues

Financial Consulting segment revenues increased $47.5 million, or 212.1%, to $69.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $22.4 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Revenues from time-and-expense engagements increased $44.4 million, or 224.2%, to $64.2 million for the year


36


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


ended December 31, 2003 from $19.8 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Revenues from fixed-fee engagements increased $2.3 million, or 88.5%, to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $2.6 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Revenues from performance-based engagements were $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and there were no revenues from performance-based engagements in 2002. In addition

The overall $47.5 million increase in revenues resulted from a $36.9 million increase in revenues attributable to an increase in billable hours associated with the hiring of additional consultants and 2003 having twelve months of operations versus the first eight months of our operations in the 2002 period, thea $6.1 million increase in revenues was reflective of increasesattributable to an increase in the average number of consultants, the average billing rate per hour and thea $4.5 million increase in revenues attributable to an increase in our utilization rate of our consultants.rate. The average number of consultants increased to 227 for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 163 for the partial year ended December 31, 2002 as we added a substantial number of consultants across all of our practices to meet growing demand for our services. The average billing rate per hour increased to $233 for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $212 for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. In addition, theour utilization rate for our consultants of 66.8% for the year ended December 31, 2003 was up from 55.7% for the partial year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Operating income

Financial Consulting segment operating income increased $18.1 million, or 464.1%, to $22.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 from $3.9 million in the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Segment operating margin improved to 31.5% in the year ended December 31, 2003 from 17.5% in the partial year ended December 31, 2002 due to increased revenues and improved utilization rates of 66.8% for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 55.7% for the partial year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Operational Consulting

 

Revenues

Operational Consulting segment revenues increased $18.8 million, or 148.0%, to $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $12.7 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002.


46


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Revenues from time-and-expense engagements increased $11.2 million, or 104.7%, to $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $10.7$10.5 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Revenues from fixed-fee engagements increased $5.7 million to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $1.5 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Revenues from performance-based engagements increased $1.9 million to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $0.5 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. In addition

The overall $18.8 million increase in revenues resulted from an $18.8 million increase in revenues attributable to an increase in billable hours associated with the hiring of additional consultants and 2003 having twelve months of operations versus the first eight months of our operations in the 2002 period theand a $1.0 million increase in revenues was reflective of increasesattributable to an increase in the average number of consultants and theour utilization rate, of our consultants, which were partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in revenues attributable to a decrease in the average billing rate per hour. The average number of consultants increased to 138 for the year ended December 31, 2003 from 84 for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. TheOur utilization rate for our consultants of 65.0% for the year ended December 31, 2003 was up from 60.5% for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. The average billing rate per hour decreased to $189 for the year ended December 31, 2003 from $195 for the partial year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Operating income

Operational Consulting segment operating income increased $1.9 million, or 54.3%, to $5.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 from $3.5 million in the partial year ended December 31, 2002. Segment operating margin decreased to 17.1% in the year ended December 31, 2003 from 27.8% in the partial year ended December 31, 2002 primarily due to investments made during 2003 to start a new practice and expand our capabilities in an existing practice in this segment. A total of 38 consultants were hired for the new and expanded practices during the course of 2003 and revenue generation lagged our investments in payroll and sales and marketing costs.

 


 

3747


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Selected quarterly consolidated financial and other operating data

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly operating information for each of the eightnine quarters during the period from March 19,April 1, 2002 (inception) to March 31,June 30, 2004. We did not have any operations during the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to March 31, 2002. The following quarterly consolidated financial data has been prepared on the same basis as, and should be read together with, the audited financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus and includes all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. Results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year or for any future quarter.

 

  Three months ended

   Three months ended

 
 
Consolidated quarterly financial
data:
  June 30,
2002
 Sep. 30,
2002
 Dec. 31,
2002
 Mar. 31,
2003
 June 30,
2003
 Sep. 30,
2003
 Dec. 31,
2003
 Mar. 31,
2004
   June 30,
2002
 Sep. 30,
2002
 Dec. 31,
2002
 Mar. 31,
2003
 June 30,
2003
 Sep. 30,
2003
 Dec. 31,
2003
 Mar. 31,
2004
 June 30,
2004
 

 
  

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except other operating data amounts)

   

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except other operating data amounts)

   

Revenues and reimbursable expenses:

      

Revenues

  $6,320  $12,994  $15,787  $23,212  $23,711  $25,549  $29,014  $40,101   $6,320  $12,994  $15,787  $23,212  $23,711  $25,549  $29,014  $40,101  $41,503 

Reimbursable expenses

   478   1,063   1,380   2,069   1,837   2,105   2,797   3,443    478   1,063   1,380   2,069   1,837   2,105   2,797   3,443   3,647 
  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

   6,798   14,057   17,167   25,281   25,548   27,654   31,811   43,544    6,798   14,057   17,167   25,281   25,548   27,654   31,811   43,544   45,150 

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses:

      

Direct costs

   5,417   9,909   10,729   13,581   15,739   19,055   21,026   24,868    5,417   9,909   10,729   13,581   15,739   19,055   21,026   24,868   22,723 

Reimbursable expenses

   478   1,063   1,380   2,069   1,848   2,138   2,874   3,523    478   1,063   1,380   2,069   1,848   2,138   2,874   3,523   3,542 
  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total direct costs and reimbursable expenses

   5,895   10,972   12,109   15,650   17,587   21,193   23,900   28,391    5,895   10,972   12,109   15,650   17,587   21,193   23,900   28,391   26,265 
  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

   903   3,085   5,058   9,631   7,961   6,461   7,911   15,153    903   3,085   5,058   9,631   7,961   6,461   7,911   15,153   18,885 

Operating expenses:

      

Selling general and administrative expenses

   1,538   3,485   3,790   4,826   6,267   6,616   7,476   8,158    1,538   3,485   3,790   4,826   6,267   6,616   7,476   8,158   9,682 

Depreciation and amortization expense

   602   1,166   1,280   1,290   1,368   1,492   1,178   603    602   1,166   1,280   1,290   1,368   1,492   1,178   603   472 

Other operating expenses

   2,168   1,425   122         1,668      2,139    2,168   1,425   122         1,668      2,139    
  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

   4,308   6,076   5,192   6,116   7,635   9,776   8,654   10,900    4,308   6,076   5,192   6,116   7,635   9,776   8,654   10,900   10,154 
  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating (loss) income

   (3,405)  (2,991)  (134)  3,515   326   (3,315)  (743)  4,253    (3,405)  (2,991)  (134)  3,515   326   (3,315)  (743)  4,253   8,731 

Other expense

      133   200   199   331   217   221   245       133   200   199   331   217   221   245   270 
  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

   (3,405)  (3,124)  (334)  3,316   (5)  (3,532)  (964)  4,008    (3,405)  (3,124)  (334)  3,316   (5)  (3,532)  (964)  4,008   8,461 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

   (1,362)  (1,236)  (99)  1,375   76   (1,367)  (206)  1,661    (1,362)  (1,236)  (99)  1,375   76   (1,367)  (206)  1,661   3,576 
  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net (loss) income

   (2,043)  (1,888)  (235)  1,941   (81)  (2,165)  (758)  2,347    (2,043)  (1,888)  (235)  1,941   (81)  (2,165)  (758)  2,347   4,885 

Accrued dividends on 8% preferred stock

   135   255   256   253   263   275   275   273    135   255   256   253   263   275   275   273   285 
  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $(2,178) $(2,143) $(491) $1,688  $(344) $(2,440) $(1,033) $2,074   $(2,178) $(2,143) $(491) $1,688  $(344) $(2,440) $(1,033) $2,074  $4,600 
  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Other operating data:Other operating data:               Other operating data:                 

 

Number of consultants (at period end)(1)

   236   255   262   294   355   449   477   483    236   255   262   294   355   449   477   483   499 

Utilization rate(2)

   49.6%  53.7%  64.6%  75.8%  69.4%  60.6%  62.7%  73.4%   49.6%  53.7%  64.6%  75.8%  69.4%  60.6%  62.7%  73.4%  71.8%

Average billing rate per hour(3)

  $211  $207  $202  $228  $220  $215  $210  $229   $211  $207  $202  $228  $220  $215  $210  $229  $248 

(1) Consultants consist of our billable professionals.
(2) We calculate the utilization rate for our consultants by dividing the number of hours all of our consultants worked on client assignments during a period by the total available working hours for all of our consultants during the same period, assuming a forty-hour work week, less paid holidays and vacation days.
(3) Average billing rate per hour is calculated by dividing revenues for a period by the number of hours worked on client assignments during the same period.

 


 

3848


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Our future operating results are difficult to predict and may vary significantly. Revenues and operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of numerous factors, including the following:

 

Ø the size and number of client engagements commenced and completed during a quarter;

 

Ø the achievement of milestones under performance-based engagements;utilization rates, which in turn can be affected by increased hiring, as there is generally a transition period for new consultants that results in a temporary drop in utilization;

 

Ø the number of business work days in a quarter;

 

Ø the number of consultants; and

 

Ø utilization rates, which in turn can be affected by increased hiring, as there is generally a transition period for new consultants that results in a temporary drop in utilization.the achievement of milestones under performance-based engagements.

 

Although our fee structure is variable, our direct costs, which include primarily consultant payroll costs, are fixed within the short-term. Consequently, a variation in the number or size of client engagements or the timing of the initiation or the completion of client engagements can cause significant variations in operating results from quarter-to-quarter.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, debt capacity available under our credit facility and available cash reserves. Our primary financing need has been to fund our growth.

 

Operating activities

Cash flows used in operating activities totaled $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to cash generated by operating activities of $0.6totaled $0.9 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 and $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2003. The decreaseincrease in cash provided by operations for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 was primarily attributable to higher net income, partially offset by increases in working capital. Receivables from clients and unbilled services increased $9.2$12.2 million during the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 primarily as a result of revenue increases in the latter portion of the current yearsecond quarter of 2004 that were not billed prior to March 31,June 30, 2004. In addition, inDuring the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, there was a $2.3 million increase in the use of funds associated with decreases in accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued payroll and related benefits (including 2003 bonus payments made in February 2004). There was also a $0.6$1.1 million use of funds in the three months ended March 31, 2004for other current assets, which included $0.5 million of prepaid costs associated with this offering, and a $0.4 million use of funds for the change in accrued interest payable relating to annual interest payments made on the $10.1 million in 8% promissory notes payable to our parent, HCG Holdings LLC. These uses of funds were partially offset by a $1.8$2.3 million reduction in our income tax receivable and a $0.7 million increase in our income tax payable in the first threesix months of 2004, and a $1.7 millionas well as an increase in deferred revenue, which consisted of client retainers receivedaccounts payable, accrued expenses and the pre-billing of services to clients.accrued payroll and related benefits.

 

As the result of the decreaseincrease in cash provided by operations described above, andoffset by the changes noted below inuses of cash for investing and financing activities noted below, cash and cash equivalents declined to $0.1$0.9 million at MarchJune 30, 2004 from $4.3 million at December 31, 2004 and as of March 31, 2004 we had borrowings of $1.5 million outstanding under our bank credit agreement described below.2003.

 

Cash flow generated by operating activities totaled $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to cash used in operating activities of $9.8 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. The increase in cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2003 was primarily attributable to revenue growth in excess of the growth in operating expenses when compared to the partial year ended December 31, 2002, which had eight months of operations, and various start-up costs associated with the commencement of operations.

 

Our balance of cash and cash equivalents was $4.3 million at December 31, 2003, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 2.3%, from the $4.4 million balance at December 31, 2002.

 


 

3949


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


 

Investing activities

Cash used by investing activities was $0.5$3.0 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004 and $1.1$2.1 million for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003. Use of cash in both periods pertained to the purchase of computer hardware and software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements needed to meet the ongoing needs relating to the hiring of additional employees and the expansion of office space.

 

Cash used by investing activities was $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $8.6 million for the partial year ended December 31, 2002. In the partial year ended December 31, 2002, we paid $5.5 million to obtain the release of certain employees from non-competition agreements with Arthur Andersen LLP, their former employer, as well asand $0.8 million for the assumption of certain related liabilities. In addition, we paid $2.3 million in the partial year ended December 31, 2002 for the purchase of computer hardware and software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements relating to the hiring of employees and establishment of new offices. Capital expenditures for the purchase of property and equipment, including computer hardware and software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements, were the primary use of cash in the year ended December 31, 2003, as business expansion and the hiring of new employees continued during the course of the year. We estimate that our capital expenditures in 2004 will be approximately $6.5 million for the purchase of additional computers, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements as our business continues to expand.

 

Financing activities

Between April and June 2002, in connection with our initial capitalization, we issued to our parent, HCG Holdings LLC, an aggregate of 12,500 shares of our 8% preferred stock for an aggregate consideration of $12.5 million and an aggregate of approximately 25.9 million11,281,243 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.01$0.02 per share for an aggregate consideration of approximately $0.3 million. Proceeds of approximately $10.1 million were also received from the issuance of 8% promissory notes to HCG Holdings LLC. We had no other borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2002.

 

The terms of the 8% preferred stock contain specific provisions regarding redemption. Upon the consummation of this offering, we will exercise our option to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock for approximately $$15.1 million, which is equal to their original issuance price plus cumulative dividends that will have accrued from the date of investment through the date of this prospectus at a rate of 8% per annum, compounded annually, together with a liquidation participation amount calculated as if we were liquidated as of the date of the redemption.

 

The terms of the 8% promissory notes require us to mandatorily prepay the outstanding principal immediately after a qualified public offering, including this offering. Accordingly, we will use approximately $$10.7 million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding 8% promissory notes, including accrued and unpaid interest, upon the consummation of this offering. For further information, see “Use of proceeds” and “Certain relationships and related transactions.”

 

In 2003, our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC, entered into a bank credit agreement that allowed it to borrow up to the lesser of $5.0 million or 75% of eligible accounts receivable, as defined by the terms of the agreement. Borrowings under the agreement wereare also limited by any outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings under the agreement bear interest at either the prime rate or LIBOR plus 2.75%., and are secured by substantially all of our assets. We had no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2003; however, available borrowings under the agreement were limited to $4.0 million as of that date due to two outstanding letters of credit provided as security for our


50


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Chicago and New York office leases and totaling $1.0 million.$750,000 and $236,000, respectively. Our bank credit agreement includes covenants for minimum equity and maximum annual capital expenditures as well as covenants restricting our ability to incur additional indebtedness or engage in certain types of transactions outside of the ordinary course of business.


40


Management’s discussion The minimum equity covenant originally required that the sum of paid-in capital and analysisnet income of financial condition and resultsHuron Consulting Services LLC, less any distributions made by Huron Consulting Services LLC, be at least $18.5 million at any time. The capital expenditures covenant originally prohibited Huron Consulting Services LLC from incurring expenditures for the acquisition of operationsfixed assets in excess of $2.5 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year. The dollar amounts specified in these covenants have since been revised as described below.


 

During 2004, we received two separate waivers from the bank that extended by sixtythirty days each the due date for the 2003 audited financial statements and one waiver that allowed Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC to exceed its limitation on distributions made to Huron Consulting Group Inc. and waivedGenerally, the minimum equity covenant.bank credit agreement limited the amount of distributions Huron Consulting Services LLC could make to 50% of its net income. Huron Consulting Services LLC made a $277,146 distribution to Huron Consulting Group Inc. in January 2004. Our bank credit agreement was amended in February 2004 to remove the limitations on distributions by Huron Consulting Services LLC. During 2003, we received waiversa waiver from the bank that effectively increased the capital expenditure limit from $2.5 million to $4.5 million and ultimately, by amendment, to $7.5 million. We also received a waiverletter of compliance confirmation from the bank for the 30-day clean up provision, which requires that we have an uninterrupted 30-day period each year with no loans outstanding under the agreement.

 

Before expiring in January 2004, our bank credit agreement was amended to extend the term to February 10, 2005 and to increase the total availability to the lesser of $15.0 million or the sum of (a) 75% of eligible accounts receivable and (b) the lesser of 30% of unbilled services the latter not to exceedand $3.0 million. Borrowings under the agreement are also still limited by any outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings under the amended credit agreement bear interest at either the prime rate or LIBOR plus 2.75%. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of our assets. The bank credit agreement was further amended in May 2004 to, among other things, clarify the minimum equity covenant and decreaselower the minimum equity requirement as well asto $10.5 million, and to permit certain asset sales outside the ordinary course.course of business.

 

As of March 31,June 30, 2004, we had no borrowings outstanding under our bank credit agreement were $1.5 million and the remaining balance available under the credit agreement was $10.6$13.3 million after the calculation of eligible accounts receivable and unbilled services balances and a reduction of approximately $1.7 million for letters of credit outstanding. The increase in letters of credit outstanding resulted from the Chicago lease security deposit requirement increasing from $750,000 to $1.5 million. We intend to use a portion of our net proceeds from this offering to repay any borrowings outstanding under the credit agreement at the time this offering is consummated.

On May 12, 2004, we declared a special dividend on each outstanding share of our common stock and 8% preferred stock payable to holders of record on May 25, 2004. We paid the special dividend on June 29, 2004. The 8% preferred stock participated on an as converted basis. The aggregate amount of the dividend was $1.25 million, or $0.09 per share of common stock and $22.18 per share of 8% preferred stock. The payment of the special dividend was funded by our available cash balance and by borrowing availability under our credit agreement, which we repaid the following day.

 

Future needs

As indicated in “Business—Growth Strategy” below, our plans include hiring additional consultants and expanding our service offerings through existing consultants, new hires or acquisitions. We believe thatintend to fund such growth over the net proceeds from the sale of common stock offered by this prospectus, combinednext twelve months with funds generated from operations and borrowing availability under our credit agreement,agreement. For example, we used the $4.0 million of cash provided by operations in 2003 for capital expenditures to support our growing business. While our cash flows


51


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


generated by operations decreased from $4.0 million at December 31, 2003 to $0.9 million at June 30, 2004, this was primarily due to the timing of 2003 annual bonus payments of $7.7 million and current year growth in revenues that increased working capital balances for receivables and unbilled services by $12.2 million. Because we expect that our future annual growth rate in revenues and related percentage increases in working capital balances will provide sufficientmoderate, we believe our cash resourcesfrom operations, supplemented as necessary by borrowings under our credit facility and the proceeds from this offering, will be adequate to fund our anticipated cash needs, at least throughthis growth.

Over the next twelve months. Thereafter, it is expectedlonger term, we expect that cash needs related to futureflow from operations, supplemented by short and long term financing and the proceeds from this offering, as necessary, will be funded with cash generated fromadequate to fund day-to-day operations and short or long-term borrowings.capital expenditure requirements. Our ability to secure short-term and long-term financing in the future will depend on several factors, including our future profitability, the quality of our accounts receivable and unbilled services, our relative levels of debt and equity and overall condition of the credit markets. Following this offering, the remaining net proceeds remaining after repayment of our 8% promissory notes, redemption of the 8% preferred stock and repayment of outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility will be invested in short-term, interest bearing investment grade securities.

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

The following tables represent our obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts, such as lease agreements, and under contingent commitments as of December 31, 2003.

 

  

Less
than

1 year

  

1 - 3

years

  

4 - 5

years

  

After 5

years

  Total


  Less than
1 year
  1-3 years  4-5 years  After
5 years
  Total
  (in thousands)  (in thousands)

Operating leases

  $3,322  $7,581  $3,586  $3,234  $17,723  $3,322  $7,581  $6,820  $14,179  $31,902

Long-term debt (consisting of 8% promissory notes)

         101   9,975   10,076         10,076      10,076
  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total contractual obligations

  $3,322  $7,581  $3,687  $13,209  $27,799  $3,322  $7,581  $16,896  $14,179  $41,978
  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

We lease our facilities and certain equipment under operating lease arrangements expiring on various dates through 2014. We lease office facilities under noncancelable operating leases that include fixed or minimum payments plus, in some cases, scheduled base rent increases over the term of the lease and additional rents based on the Consumer Price Index. Certain leases provide for monthly payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expense applicable to the property. In addition, we lease equipment under noncancelable operating leases.

 

During 2002, we entered into promissory note agreements with our parent, HCG Holdings LLC, totaling $10.1 million. Interest accrues on the promissory notes, which is payable annually, accrues at the rate of 8% per year. The notes mature five years


41


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


and six months from the date of issuance. The notes may be prepaid at any time without penalty and prepayment is mandatory upon the occurrence of specified events, including the consummation of this offering. Accordingly, upon the consummation of this offering, we will use approximately $$10.7 million of our net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding 8% promissory notes, including accrued and unpaid interest.

 

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

We are exposed to market risks related to interest rates and changes in the market value of our investments. We do not enter into interest rate caps or collars or other hedging instruments. Our


52


Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


exposure to changes in interest rates is limited to borrowings under the bank credit agreement, which has a variable interest rates tied to the LIBOR or prime rate. We had no borrowings outstanding under our bank credit agreement as of December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, and, as a result, any change in interest rates would not have a material effect on our financial position or operating results. From time to time, we invest excess cash in marketable securities. These investments principally consist of overnight sweep accounts. Due to the short maturity of our investments and debt obligations, we have concluded that we do not have material market risk exposure.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued StatementSFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” This statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires the issuer to classify a financial instrument that is within the scope of the standard as a liability if the financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. The adoption of the provisions of StatementSFAS No. 150 did not have any impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In November 2002, the FASB reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 00-21. EITF Issue No. 00-21 provides guidance on how to account for revenue arrangements that include multiple products or services to ensure that all standalone deliverables are tracked, valued and accounted for on an individual basis and in the proper periods. The guidance in EITF Issue No. 00-21 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. We have contracts with clients to deliver multiple services that are covered under both individual and separate engagement letters. These arrangements allow for our services to be valued and accounted for on a separate basis. Therefore, the adoption of EITF Issue No. 00-21 did not have any impact on our consolidated financial position or result of operations.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities and Interpretation of ARB No. 51,” which is effective immediately for all variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003 and for the first fiscal year or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 for variable interest entities in which an enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February 1, 2003. We do not have variable interest entities that fall within the scope of this pronouncement and therefore the adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on our financial statements.

 

In March 2004, the FASB issued an Exposure Draft on “Share-Based Payment, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 123 and 95.” In this proposed statement, the FASB believes that employee services received in exchange for equity instruments give rise to recognizable compensation cost as the services are used in the issuing entity’s operations. In addition, the proposed statement would require that public companies measure the compensation cost related to employee services received in exchange for equity instruments issued based on the grant-date fair value of those instruments. The FASB will also consider other items such as streamlining volatility assumptions and addressing the fair value measurement models. This proposed statement would neither change the accounting in FASB StatementSFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” for transactions in which an enterprise exchanges its equity instruments for services of parties other than employees nor change the accounting for stock ownership plans, which are subject to American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 93-6, “Employer’s Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans.” The FASB intends to reconsider the accounting for those transactions and plans in a later phase of its project on equity-based compensation. Our management will continue to assess the potential impact this statement will have on us.

 


 


4253



 

Business

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are an independent provider of financial and operational consulting services. Our highly experienced and credentialed professionals employ their expertise in accounting, finance, economics and operations to provide our clients with specialized analysis and customized advice and solutions that are tailored to address each client’s particular challenges and opportunities. Our financial consulting services help clients effectively address complex challenges that arise from litigation, disputes, investigations, regulation, financial distress and other sources of significant conflict or change. Our operational consulting services help clients improve the overall efficiency and effectiveness of their operations, reduce costs, manage regulatory compliance and maximize procurement efficiency.

 

Our financial consulting services include:

 

Ø offering financial and economic analysis, forensic accounting and expert support and testimony services for organizations and their law firms in connection with litigation, business disputes and regulatory and internal investigations;

 

Ø providing restructuring, turnaround and bankruptcy advisory services for financially distressed organizations, creditors and other constituents; and

 

Ø performing valuations of businesses or assets to assist clients with financial reporting, tax compliance, damage or purchase price assessments and restructuring efforts.

 

Our operational consulting services include:

 

Ø assisting research universities and academic medical centers with research administration opportunities and challenges;

 

Ø assisting healthcare payors and providers improve the effectiveness of operations and reduce costs;

 

Ø helping large and middle-market organizations that have recently undergone a change in leadership, are integrating acquisitions or are coping with a change in competitive dynamics to address performance challenges and take advantage of opportunities;

 

Ø helping in-house legal departments improve their operations and reduce their costs; and

 

Ø developing and implementing procurement plans that provide savings throughout the sourcing process.

 

We commenced operations in May 2002 with a core group of experienced financial and operational consultants that consisted primarily of former Arthur Andersen LLP partners and professionals, including our chief executive officer, Gary E. Holdren. We created Huron because we believed that a financial and operational consulting business that is unaffiliated with a public accounting firm is better suited to serve its clients’ needs. As an independent consulting firm, Huron is not subject to the legal restrictions placed on public accounting firms that prohibit them from providing certain non-audit services to their audit clients. We also believed that many other consulting firms provided only a limited scope of services and, therefore, a company such as ours with a wide array of services would be better positioned to serve the diverse and complex needs of various organizations.

 

We have grown significantly since we commenced operations, more than doubling the number of our consultants from 213 on May 31, 2002 to 483486 on March 31,September 17, 2004. We have hired experienced professionals from a variety of organizations, including the four largest public accounting firms, referred

 


 

4354


Business


 

to as the Big Four, and other consulting firms. Our highly credentialed consultants include certified public accountants, MBAs, accredited valuation specialists and forensic accountants. Our 63As of September 17, 2004, we had 59 managing directors who are consultantsconsultants. These individuals have an average of 20 years of business experience.

 

We provide our services to a wide variety of both financially sound and distressed organizations, including Fortune 500 companies, medium-sized and large businesses, leading academic institutions, healthcare organizations and the law firms that represent these various organizations. Since May 2002, we have conducted over 1,000 engagements for over 500 clients, and we have worked on engagements with 35 of the 40 largest U.S. law firms listed inThe American Lawyer20032004 Am Law 100. In100.In addition to our headquarters in Chicago, we have five other core offices located in Boston, Houston, New York City, San Francisco and Washington, D.C. and two smaller offices located in Charlotte and Los Angeles.

 

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

 

ManyWe believe many organizations are facing increasingly large and complex business disputes and lawsuits, a growing number of regulatory and internal investigations and more intense public scrutiny. Concurrently, we believe increased competition and regulation are presenting significant operational and financial challenges for organizations. Distressed companies are responding to these challenges by restructuring and reorganizing their businesses and capital structures, while financially healthy organizations are striving to capitalize on opportunities by improving operations, reducing costs and enhancing revenue. Many organizations have limited dedicated resources to respond effectively to these challenges and opportunities. Consequently, we believe these organizations will increasingly seek to augment their internal resources with experienced independent consultants like us.

 

We believe the demand for our services is driven by the following factors:

 

Ø SEC and internal investigations.    The increased scrutiny of accounting practices, internal controls and disclosure has contributed to the large number of financial restatements by public companies. In response to a number of recent incidences of corporate malfeasance and accounting irregularities, the SEC has conducted an increasing number of public company investigations over the past few years. In 2003, the SEC initiated 679 enforcement actions—81 more than in any other prior year—including nearly 200 actions involving financial fraud or reporting violations. For fiscal year 2005, the President has requested a record $913 million budget, 13% above the prior fiscal year’s appropriation, to hire more staff and continue to enhance SEC oversight and investigation initiatives. In addition, an increasing number of boards of directors, audit committees and special independent committees of companies that have had to review their historical financials or respond to complaints by whistleblowers have conducted internal forensic investigations to determine the underlying facts. These dynamics have driven demand for independent financial consultants like us who help clients respond to SEC investigations, evaluate restatements of financial statements and support internal investigations by combining investigative accounting and financial reporting skills with business and practical experience.

 

Ø Litigation and disputes.    Litigation and business disputes are prevalent in the United States and, we believe, the volume of this activity does not necessarily correlate with the economic cycle. The breadth and magnitude of these matters is increasing. For example, antitrust investigation and enforcement activities by federal, state and local authorities present heightened complexities and risks for companies in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, pricing policies, distribution relationships and patent and intellectual property matters. In addition, private parties can bring antitrust claims asserting a variety of violations. In complex litigation and disputes, organizations and the law firms that represent them regularly engage experienced consultants to provide or support expert testimony or perform data analyses involving financial, economic and accounting issues.

 


 

4455


Business


 

Ø Sarbanes-Oxley and stockholder activism.    The enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has substantially limited the scope of non-audit services that large public accounting firms, such as the Big Four, can provide to their audit clients. We believe these limitations represent a significant opportunity for independent consulting firms. A study done by the Investor Responsibility Research Center in February 2002 of 1,224 public U.S. companies estimated that 72%, or approximately $4.0 billion, of the fees these companies paid to the accounting firm that conducted their audit in fiscal 2000 were for non-audit services. Although a substantial amount of this spending was for tax services, which we do not provide, we believe there is still a significant opportunity to provide thesethe other non-audit services. Further, certain influential institutional investors, citing concerns over perceived conflicts of interest, have opposed the ratification of auditors and the election of directors of companies that engage their auditors to perform permissible non-audit services. We believe that the restrictions of Sarbanes-Oxley, the increasing stockholder opposition to auditors performing consulting services for their audit clients and the relatively small number of large public accounting firms will lead many clients to choose independent consulting firms over the Big Four when seeking providers of various consulting services.

 

Ø Operational challenges and opportunities.    Organizations must constantly reevaluate business processes in order to manage change and risk and minimize or recover costs. For example, in the healthcare industry, the steady flow of changes that affect healthcare funding, treatments, delivery and administration increase the difficulty in managing a complex mix of factors, including rising healthcare costs and insurance premiums and the increasing number of uninsured citizens. In the higher education industry, research universities and academic medical centers must develop and maintain programs to effectively manage research compliance risks and implement systems that support the recovery of research costs. Additionally, the difficulties of managing a large number of legal matters compels in-house legal departments to seek ways to improve their efficiency and effectiveness, which drives demand for consultants specializing in legal department operations. In general, a variety of organizations seek to improve their procurement efficiencies, improve operational processes and reduce costs. We believe that in seeking to meet these challenges and capitalize on these opportunities, organizations will increasingly augment their internal resources with consultants who can provide a combination of industry expertise and strong technical skills.

 

Ø Improving economic conditions and merger and acquisition activity.  Despite depressed levels in recent years, there was a rebound in merger and acquisition, or M&A, activity in the first foursix months of 2004 amidst an improvement in general economic conditions. According to Dealogic, the aggregate dollar value of announced M&A transactions with a deal value of under $5 billion increased approximately 130%33% in the first foursix months of 2004 compared to the first foursix months of 2003. We believe M&A activity creates demand for financial consulting services, such as purchase price allocations and other similar valuation services and dispute and litigation services, as well as operational consulting services, such as performance improvement and strategic sourcing.

 

Ø Financial distress.    Despite the recent decline in corporate bankruptcy filings, we believe there will continue to be a sufficient number of bankruptcies of the size and complexity that typically require debtors and other constituents to retain the services of financial advisors. Additionally, outside of the bankruptcy processwe believe there is an ongoing need for restructuring and turnaround consulting services to assist financially distressed, under-performing and debt-laden companies and their stakeholders.stakeholders outside of the bankruptcy process.

 

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

 

We believe the following key strengths will enable us to take advantage of the industry trends described above and help us compete effectively in the consulting marketplace:

 

Ø Experienced and highly qualified consultants.    We believe the principal reason clients choose a particular consulting firm is the experience of the firm’s professionals. Our managing directors whoAs of September 17, 2004, our

 


 

4556


Business


 

 

59 managing directors who are consultants have an average of 20 years of business experience and come from a wide array of organizations, including national accounting firms and other consulting firms. Our consultants combine proficiency in accounting, finance, economics and operations with deep knowledge of specific industries. In addition, many of our consultants are highly credentialed and include certified public accountants, MBAs, accredited valuation specialists and forensic accountants.

 

Ø Independent provider of financial and operational consulting services.    We are not affiliated with an accounting firm and, therefore, we are not constrained by the provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley that limit an accounting firm’s ability to provide non-audit services to its audit clients. We believe that these restrictions, together with the perceived conflicts of interests inherent with auditors providing consulting services to their audit clients, provide us with a competitive advantage over public accounting firms in securing consulting engagements. We also believe that the relatively small number of large public accounting firms will lead some organizations to engage independent consultants like us to preserve their flexibility to hire large public accounting firms for audit or other attest services.

 

Ø Complementary service offerings and integrated approach.    Many problems faced by organizations involve broad but interrelated operational and financial issues that require creative solutions drawn from various areas of expertise. We offer a broad array of financial and operational consulting services that can be delivered through teams of consultants from our different practices. Our integrated approach enables us to provide solutions tailored to specific client needs. For example, in a securities fraud lawsuit, we can deploy a team of forensic accountants to review a client’s historical accounting and financial reporting practices and a valuation specialist to perform impairment analyses. In addition, our range of service offerings reduces our dependence on any one service offering or industry, provides a stimulating work environment for our consultants and enhances our flexibility in managing the utilization and career development of our directors, managers, associates and analysts.

 

Ø Distinctive culture.    We believe we have been successful in attracting and retaining top talent because of our distinctive culture, which combines the energy and flexibility of a high-growth company with the professionalism of a major professional services firm. To preserve our distinctive culture, our chief executive officer or chief operating officer has personally interviewed each managing director candidate prior to making an offer of employment. We believe our performance-based compensation program, which both recognizes individual performance and reinforces teamwork, also contributes to our recruiting and retention success. In our view, these elements combine to create an environment in which talented, self-directed professionals will want to build a long-term career.

 

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

 

Our strategy to increase our revenues and grow our company involves the following key elements:

 

Ø Attracting additional highly qualified consultants.    From May 31, 2002 through March 31,September 17, 2004, we more than doubled the number of our consultants from 213 to 483.486. We have fivesix human resource professionals dedicated to recruiting employees who will complement and add depth to our broad array of existing consulting skills. We believe our stimulating work environment, performance-based compensation program and distinctive culture will enable us to attract additional top talent from other consulting firms, accounting firms, targeted industries and on-campus recruiting. Although we do not expect to add employees at our historical growth rate, we expect to continue to hire a meaningful number of new consultants in the future as demand for our various services continues to grow. The actual number and experience level of consultants to be hired will be in response to our assessments of future market conditions and demand for our services. In the near term, our focus will primarily be on hiring and developing additional managers, associates and analysts to expand support for our existing practices and better leverage the managing directors and directors that we hired in 2003. We will also continue in the near term to hire talented managing directors to build our business.


57


Business


 

Ø Growing our existing relationships and developing new relationships.    We work hard to maintain and grow our existing client and law firm relationships. The goodwill created from these


46


Business


relationships leads to referrals from satisfied clients and their law firms, which also enables us to secure engagements with new clients.

 

Ø Continuing to promote and deliver an integrated approach to service delivery.    We will continue to utilize our experience with the financial and operational challenges facing our clients to identify and provide additional value-added services as part of an integrated solution. Frequently, a particular engagement is expanded or a new engagement secured with an existing client as a direct result of our quality work for that client. To promote the teamwork required to provide integrated solutions, we evaluate and compensate individuals based on their contributions to our entire organization, not just on the performance of their particular engagements or practices.

 

Ø Continuing to build our brand.    We intend to continue to build our reputation and a common identity for the services we provide under the Huron brand name. We believe that using a common brand name and identity for our services enhances our visibility in the marketplace and improves our ability to compete for new business. To enhance our brand, we actively promote our name and capabilities through our sales and marketing activities, such as participation in seminars, sponsorship of client events and publication of articles in industry periodicals. We also are continuing to develop internal quality assurance programs to support our goal of consistently providing high quality, client-focused services.

 

Ø Expanding our service offerings.    We believe there will be opportunities to expand our current capabilities or broaden the scope of our existing services, and we will evaluate these in response to client and general market demands. If we choose to expand our service offerings, we believe that we can grow our business to address anysuch expansion of our service offerings with our existing consultants or a combination of existing consultants and new hires. We may also evaluate select acquisitions of complementary businesses as another means to broaden the scope or depth of our capabilities and expand our client base.

 

Our ability to implement our growth strategy is subject to a number of risks, including those described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” concerning our consultants, our reputation, new service offerings and our intellectual property.

OUR SERVICES

 

We provide our services through two segments: Financial Consulting and Operational Consulting. For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, we derived 68.9% and 61.6%62.3%, respectively, of our revenues from Financial Consulting and 31.1% and 38.4%37.7%, respectively, from Operational Consulting. For further information on our segment results, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Financial Consulting

Our Financial Consulting segment provides highly specialized financial and economic analysis and advice to help clients effectively address complex challenges that arise from litigation, disputes, investigations, regulation, financial distress and other sources of significant conflict or change. Our Financial Consulting segment consisted of 287286 consultants as of March 31,September 17, 2004. This segment’s practices and the services they offer include:

 

Ø Disputes and investigations.    Our disputes and investigations practice provides financial and economic analysis to support law firms and corporations in connection with business disputes, lawsuits and regulatory or internal investigations. We have extensive experience in the areas of financial investigations and forensic accounting, including matters involving SEC or other regulatory


58


Business


inquiries or investigations, financial restatements and special accounting projects. We provide specialized accounting services to gather and analyze voluminous financial data and reconstruct complex transactions and events. In addition, we apply economic and econometric analyses in the areas of antitrust and anticompetitive practices, securities fraud, insurance claims and damages, as well


47


Business


as deliver or support independent expert testimony in such cases. We also provide services supporting clients’ paper and electronic discovery/document management needs, including computer forensics.

 

Ø Corporate advisory services.    Our corporate advisory services practice provides financial analysis to financially distressed companies, creditor constituencies and other stakeholders in connection with bankruptcy proceedings and out-of-court restructurings. For distressed companies, we assess the viability of their business and work closely with management to develop and implement a turnaround plan to improve cash flow and a debt-restructuring plan to improve their balance sheet. In some instances, we serve in interim management roles. When out-of-court solutions are not achievable, we assist clients with preparing for a Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing and with all aspects of the bankruptcy process by gathering, analyzing and presenting financial and business information needed to achieve a successful reorganization. We also provide claims management services to help companies process and analyze complex and voluminous claims filed in bankruptcies. For creditor constituencies, including committees of unsecured creditors, we provide similar financial analyses designed to maximize the recovery of amounts owed to creditors and assess the viability of a debtor’s reorganization plan. Certain consultants in this practice also provide specialized financial advisory services to stakeholders in the energy industry.

 

Ø Valuation services.    Our valuation services practice delivers expert valuation analysis to clients and their advisors. We perform valuations and appraisals of businesses and business interests, intellectual property, real property, machinery, equipment and other tangible and intangible assets. Our valuation services practice typically supports client needs in the following contexts:

 

transactions: supporting clients’ financial and tax reporting, especially in the context of acquisitions and other corporate transactions;

 

litigation or disputes: valuing businesses or assets; and

 

bankruptcies: supporting the restructuring process or the sale of business assets.

 

Operational Consulting

Our Operational Consulting segment provides services designed to help clients improve the overall efficiency and effectiveness of their operations by enhancing revenue, reducing costs, managing regulatory compliance and maximizing procurement efficiencies. Our Operational Consulting segment consisted of 196200 consultants as of March 31,September 17, 2004. This segment’s practices and the services they offer include:

 

Ø Higher education.    Our higher education practice provides operational consulting services to research universities and academic medical centers. We provide financial modeling, operational process redesign, strategic planning and assessments and advice on software selection and implementation, especially in connection with helping research universities address the challenges and complexities of administering research programs, including the complex requirements of federally-funded research. Our research administration services include compliance assessments, cost recovery services and operations assistance. We also have extensive experience implementing the PeopleSoft® Grants Suite as a technology solution to sponsored research administration challenges.

 

Ø Healthcare.    Our healthcare practice helps healthcare providers and payors effectively address their strategic, operational and financial challenges. On the provider side, we help hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers improve operations by performing assessments and implementing solutions


59


Business


designed to reduce costs and increase effectiveness. Our engagements typically focus on revenue cycle and cash acceleration, patient care productivity and management, supply chain improvements, strategic growth and planning, financial planning and physician services. For healthcare payors, we focus on compliance and government contracting issues, such as with Medicare, the U.S. health


48


Business


insurance program for people age 65 and older and certain others, and TRICARE, the U.S. military health system. Our Medicare contract services include Medicare contract transition and termination assistance, implementation of cost accounting standards, secondary payer analyses, strategic assessments and proposal support services. We also assist pharmaceutical companies with pricing analyses and related aspects of regulatory disclosures and calculations.

 

Ø Strategic sourcing.    Our strategic sourcing practice works with clients to drive sustainable non-salary cost reductions. We help clients achieve significant savings by addressing the entire procurement process, including contract negotiations, vendor selection, consumption patterns, total cost of ownership, performance measurement, knowledge transfer and make-versus-buy decisions. We identify opportunities for measurable savings, develop approved action plans and guide the implementation of those plans to final conclusion. We have achieved substantial savings for clients in a wide variety of spend categories, including office-related products, telecommunications, IT hardware, software and services, insurance, printing services, travel and industry-specific categories.

 

Ø Performance improvement.    Our performance improvement practice works with executive officers and other senior managers of large and middle-market organizations that have recently undergone a change in leadership, are integrating acquisitions or are coping with a change in competitive dynamics to address performance challenges and take advantage of opportunities. Our engagements typically aim to increase effectiveness of operations or decrease costs by developing and implementing solutions for clients in areas such as business process improvement, supply chain design, organization design and strategy.

 

Ø Legal business consulting.    Our legal business consulting practice helps in-house legal departments enhance the quality of legal services while reducing costs by more efficiently aligning people, processes and technology. We provide strategic advice to help legal departments improve their organizational design, business processes and management of outside counsel. One area of special emphasis is helping clients to choose and implement technology-powered solutions that improve legal department operations. For instance, we have extensive experience in selecting, customizing and successfully rolling out matter management systems that help legal departments track and manage lawsuits and other legal matters. These systems are powerful tools for managing budgets, spending and resources. We also provide similar services for document-management systems, patent-management applications and electronic-billing systems.

 

OUR CLIENTS

 

We provide financial and operational consulting services to a wide variety of both financially sound and distressed organizations, including Fortune 500 companies, medium-sized and large businesses, academic institutions, healthcare organizations and the law firms that represent these various organizations. Our clients are in a broad array of industries, including education, professional services, transportation services, healthcare, telecommunications, financial services, electronics, consumer products, energy and utilities, industrial manufacturing and food and beverage. Since commencing operations in May 2002, we have conducted over 1,000 engagements for over 500 clients. Our top ten clients represented 32.1% of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2003 and 30.9%32.5% of our revenues in the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004. No single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in either of those periods. The following are examples of engagements that we have performed for our clients.

 


 

4960


Business


 

Financial Consulting

 

Practice(s)  Client need Huron solution

Disputes and investigations and valuation services  Assist legal counsel for an audit committee of a public software company in connection with an SEC investigation and class action litigation 

Ø  Forensic accounting experts conducted a large-scale, in-depth financial analysis of financial records and analyzed issues such as revenue recognition, acquisition accounting, capitalization of assets, complex transactions and goodwill impairment to identify accounting errors.

   

Ø  Consultants specializing in GAAP assisted the client with preparation of the restatement of its financial statements and presentations to the SEC.

   

Ø  Computer forensics experts assisted legal counsel in gathering data by capturing copies of servers, hard drives and emails and searching these sources for use in the restatement and litigation.


Corporate advisory services  Assist with Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings of a healthcare provider 

Ø  Analyzed the operations of the company to predict revenue going forward to demonstrate the viability of the company.

 

Ø  With the involvement of our healthcare practice,

     

assisted in the evaluation of the company’s operating expenses during the bankruptcy proceedings and the negotiation of the terms of the debtor-in-possession financing.

     

Ø  Served as the interface between creditors’ committees and their advisors by addressing information requests and managing meetings and other committee-related issues.

     

Ø  Analyzed the feasibility of the company’s projections in the plan of reorganization with the assistance of the healthcare practice and provided written testimony on this analysis at the reorganization plan confirmation hearing.


Valuation services

  Value assets of acquired company for purchase price allocation by a global media company 

Ø  Analyzed the fair market value of the assets of the acquired company, including tangible assets, customer relationships, favorable contracts, franchise value and goodwill.

   

Ø  Determined the remaining life of the assets as well as tested for impairment of the assets in other operating units to support financial reporting requirements.

 


 

5061


Business


 

Operational Consulting

 

Practice(s)  Client need Huron solution

Higher education and strategic sourcing  Assess research administration infrastructure of a leading university due to dramatic growth in research volume and increased scrutiny of federal regulations 

Ø  Evaluated current operations and provided a plan for implementation of improvements to research administration infrastructure, including:

     

– rolesand responsibilities within central university  units and departmental units;

     

– organizationalstructure of the research  enterprise, including its relationship with other  university entities;

     

– businessprocesses;

     

– informationsystems;

     

– personnel;

     

– trainingand educational programs; and

     

– performancemeasures for central research units.

     

Ø  Evaluated the exposure of the primary research support units to financial and operational risks relating to research universities.

     

Ø  Assessed impact of plans to replace university-wide financial systems on research administration support services.

     

Ø  Our strategic sourcing practice is currently identifying areas where the university could reduce its costs of procuring goods and services, such as through library services, scientific supplies or office-related products.


Healthcare  Improve operating margins of healthcare provider 

Ø  Comprehensive assessment of performance levels related to operating costs, supply costs, revenue cycle and organizational structure efficiency.

   

Ø  Quantified and prioritized areas of potential opportunity for change, growth and/or improvement, including revenue management, nurse staffing, elimination of duplicative services, use of supplies and efficiency of information systems.

     

Ø  Developed plans for annualized improvements in:

– patientcare;

       

– supplychain;

       

– revenuecycle; and

       

– informationtechnology.

 


 

5162


Business


 

Practice(s)  Client need Huron solution

Legal business consulting  Develop cost saving initiatives for pharmaceutical company’s recently expanded legal department 

Ø  Analyzed processing of legal matters through various phases and the distribution and management of legal work by internal and outside staff.

   

Ø  Developed cost saving initiatives to improve organizational design, outside counsel management and business process.

   

Ø  Assisted with the implementation of an interim matter management system for litigation and the selection of a new department-wide matter management system that will be implemented over a period of time.

 

EMPLOYEES

 

Our ability to bring the right expertise together to address client issues requires a willingness to work and think outside the bounds of a single practice or specialty. Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain highly talented professionals by creating a work environment where individuals and teams thrive and individuals are rewarded for their contributions and our successes. To accomplish those goals and recognize performance, we have adopted a comprehensive rewards program incorporating compensation, training and development opportunities, performance management and special recognition programs.

 

As of March 31,September 17, 2004, we had 588604 employees, consisting of 483486 consultants and 105118 non-billable professionals. The 483486 consultants consisted of 6359 managing directors, 7470 directors, 114108 managers and 232249 associates and analysts. Of these consultants, 133129 have a master’s degree in business administration, 7678 are certified public accountants and various others are accredited valuation specialists and forensic accountants. Our managing directors serve clients as advisors and engagement team leaders, originate revenue through new and existing client relationships, and work to strengthen our intellectual capital, develop our people and enhance our reputation. Our directors and managers manage day-to-day client relationships and oversee the delivery and overall quality of our work product. Our associates and analysts gather and organize data, conduct detailed analyses and prepare presentations that synthesize and distill information to support recommendations we deliver to clients.

 

Our 105118 non-billable professionals at March 31,September 17, 2004 consisted of 118 managing directors, 19 directors, 15 directors, 13 managers, 3643 associates and analysts and 3033 assistants. Our non-billable professionals include our senior management team, senior client relationship managers and legal, finance, information technology, marketing and human resource personnel.

 

We assimilate and support employees in their career progression through training and development programs. We have structured orientation and training programs for new analysts, “milestone” programs to help recently promoted employees quickly become effective in their new roles, and opportunities for self-directed training, including technical and consulting courses. We assign employees internal performance coaches to identify opportunities for development, formal training or certifications.

 

Our compensation plan includes competitive base salary, incentives and benefits. Under our incentive plan, directors, managers, associates and analysts set goals each year with a performance coach. These

 


 

5263


Business


 

goals are aligned with our business goals as well as individual interests and development needs. The plan balances our value of teamwork with recognition of individual performance, and incentive compensation is tied to both team and individual performance. Incentives for managing directors are based on their individual performance and their contribution to their practice and to our business as a whole. Funding of the managing director incentive pool is based on our achievement of annual financial goals. In addition, managing directors, directors and managers are eligible for long-term equity incentives.

 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT AND MARKETING

 

Business development

Our business development activities aim to build relationships and a strong brand reputation with key sources of business and referrals, especially top-tier law firms and the offices of the chief financial officer and general counsel of organizations. We believe that excellent service delivery to clients is critical to building relationships and our brand reputation, and we emphasize the importance of client service to all of our employees.

 

We generate most of our new business opportunities through relationships that our managing directors have with individuals working in corporations, academic institutions, existing or former clients and top-tier law firms. Although some managing directors spend more time on service delivery than new business development, all of our managing directors understand their important role in ongoing relationship and business development, which is reinforced through our compensation and incentive program. We actively seek to identify new business opportunities, and we frequently receive referrals and repeat business from past and current clients and from the law firms with which we have worked.

 

In addition, to complement the business development efforts of our managing directors, we recently formed a group of senior client relationship managers, who are focused exclusively on developing client relationships and generating new business through their extensive network of contacts. We also have formed relationships with prominent academics, which we believe may generate new business opportunities.

 

Marketing

We have a centralized marketing department with a marketing professional assigned to each of our practices. The centralized department coordinates these professionals’ activities, and also develops and coordinates traditional marketing programs, such as participation in seminars, sponsorship of client events and publication of articles in industry publications to actively promote our name and capabilities. The marketing department also manages public relations activities, develops printed marketing materials and performs research and database management to support sales efforts.

 

COMPETITION

 

The consulting services industry is extremely competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change. The industry includes a large number of participants with a variety of skills and industry expertise, including other business operations and financial consulting firms, general management consulting firms, the consulting practices of major accounting firms, technical and economic advisory firms, regional and specialty consulting firms and the internal professional resources of organizations. We compete with a large number of service providers in both of our segments. Our competitors often vary depending on the particular practice area. In addition, we also expect to continue to face competition from new entrants because the barriers to entry into consulting services are relatively low.

 


 

5364


Business


 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include firm and consultant reputations, client and law firm relationships and referrals, the ability to attract and retain top consultants, the ability to manage engagements effectively and the ability to be responsive and provide high quality services. There is also competition on price, although to a lesser extent due to the critical nature of many of the issues that the types of services we offer address. Many of our competitors have a greater geographic footprint, including an international presence, and name recognition, as well as have significantly greater personnel, financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. We believe that our independence, experience, reputation, industry focus and broad range of professional services enable us to compete favorably and effectively in the consulting marketplace.

 

FACILITIES

 

Our principal executive offices are located in a leased facility in Chicago, Illinois, consisting of approximately 62,000 square feet of office space, under a ten-year lease that expires in May 2014. Total annual rent expense for this facility for 2004, including base rent, operating expenses and taxes, will equal $1.7 million. This lease contains scheduled base rent increases over the term of the lease. We have two five-year renewal options under the lease that will allow us to continue to occupy this office space until May 2024. We also have an ongoing expansion option that allows us to lease additional space at such time as the additional space is available for lease, subject to specified notice and election provisions contained in the lease agreement. This facility accommodates our executive team and corporate departments, as well as consultants in each of our practices. We also occupy leased facilities for our five other core offices located in Boston, Houston, New York City, San Francisco and Washington, D.C., as well as smaller offices located in Charlotte and Los Angeles. We do not own any real property. We believe that our leased facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that additional facilities are available for lease to meet future needs.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to or threatened with any litigation or other legal proceeding that, in our opinion, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

 


 

5465



 

Management

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

The following table sets forth the names and positions of our executive officers and board members, as well as our director nominees, and their ages as of May 10,September 22, 2004.

 

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to appoint four new independent directors, includingconsisting of DuBose Ausley, Deborah A. Bricker, James D. Edwards and John McCartney. They have consented to serve as directors. In addition, we anticipate that Paul G. Yovovich will be added to our board after the consummation of this offering.

 

Name  Age  Position(s)

Gary E. Holdren

  5354  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

George E. Massaro

  56  Chief Operating Officer and Director

Gary L. Burge

  50  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Ronald C. Provenzano

38Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Daniel P. Broadhurst

  45  Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Natalia Delgado

50General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Mary M. Sawall

  48  Vice President, Human Resources

DuBose Ausley

67Director Nominee

Deborah A. Bricker

  5152  Director Nominee

James D. Edwards

  60  Director Nominee

John McCartney

  5152  Director Nominee

 

The following is information regarding each of our executive officers, board members, director nominees and Mr. Yovovich.

 

Gary E. Holdren has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President and as a director since May 2004 and as Chief Executive Officer of Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC, our operating subsidiary, since June 2003 and President of Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC since we commenced operations in May 2002. Previously, he was a partner and the midwest director of global client services of Arthur Andersen LLP, where he also served on the U.S. management committee from 1991 to 1998, and the executive council of Andersen Worldwide from 1994 to 1998. Mr. Holdren has more than 30 years of experience consulting with corporations and legal counsels on complex financial and business matters as well as extensive experience serving as an expert witness. He has extensive consulting experience in international tax, antitrust and corporate civil damages and has testified as an accounting and industry expert in federal tax court and federal district courts. Mr. Holdren is a member of the board of directors of the Lyric Opera of Chicago and Cowboy Dreams, a Chicago-area charitable organization. He also serves on the executive committee and board of directors of The Joffrey Ballet of Chicago, and is a member of the Business Advisory Council of the Richard T. Farmer School of Business, Miami University-Ohio. Mr. Holdren is a certified public accountant.

 

George E. Massaro has served as our Chief Operating Officer and as a director since May 2004 and as Chief Operating Officer of Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC since June 2003. Mr. Massaro joined Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC in August 2002 as a managing director and subsequently became the leader of our disputes and investigation and valuation services practices. Previously, he served as the managing partner of Arthur Andersen LLP’s 1,200 person New England practice from 1998 to 2002 and managing partner of the Boston office from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Massaro has served clients in the financial services and high technology industries. Mr. Massaro serves as a director of Charles River Laboratories, a provider of research products and preclinical services for the biomedical community, and of Eastern


66


Management


Bank Corporation, an independent mutual bank holding company in New England. He is a certified public accountant.


55


Management


 

Gary L. Burge has served as our Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since May 2004 and as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC since November 2002. Prior to joining us, he served as the chief financial officer for PrimeCo Wireless Communications from 2001 to 2002. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Burge served as chief financial officer for Morningstar Inc., a globally recognized provider of investment information and services to the individual and institutional marketplace. During his career, he has also held various senior management and leadership roles with 360° Communications Company, a wireless communications company, Sprint Corporation, a global communications company, and Centel Corporation, a telecommunications company, where he held positions in finance, information technology, engineering and mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Burge began his career in professional services with Deloitte & Touche LLP. He is a certified public accountant.

 

Ronald C. Provenzano has served as our Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since May 2004. He has also served as Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Huron Consulting Group LLC since 2004 and as its deputy general counsel from 2003 to 2004. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Provenzano was vice president and associate general counsel of True North Communications, where he was in charge of litigation and regulatory affairs, including management of disputes and government investigations for True North and its worldwide subsidiaries. Following True North’s merger with Interpublic Group, he served as division counsel for the Chicago office of Interpublic’s Foote, Cone & Belding subsidiary. From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Provenzano practiced at Kirkland & Ellis, where he was a partner from 1997 to 1998.

Daniel P. Broadhurst has served as our Vice President and Assistant Secretary since May 2004 and as Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC since January 2004 and Managing Director of Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC since May 2002. He is responsible for quality and corporate development as well as providing business and financial consulting services. His expertise covers large and complex litigation matters related to international and domestic tax law, regulatory issues, breach of contract, intellectual property, fraud, tort, environmental, and claims against government agencies. Previously, Mr. Broadhurst was a partner at Arthur Andersen LLP and led the economic and financial consulting group from 1998 through 2002. He is a certified public accountant.

 

Natalia Delgado has served as our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since September 2004. From January 1999 to September 2004, she was a principal at the law firm of Goldberg, Kohn, Bell, Black, Rosenbloom & Moritz, Ltd. Prior to that, Ms. Delgado was a partner at the law firm of Jenner & Block. For more than 23 years, Ms. Delgado has represented clients in securities and corporate matters, including public offerings, mergers and acquisitions and corporate restructurings. Her practice has also involved advising clients regarding compliance with securities laws and corporate governance. Ms. Delgado is a member of the board of directors of the National Women’s Law Center and is an active member of the Committee of Visitors of the University of Michigan Law School.

Mary M. Sawall has served as our Vice President, Human Resources since May 2004, as Vice President, Human Resources of Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC since January 2004 and as Managing Director and head of Human Resources of Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC since May 2002 when we commenced operations. Previously, she was executive vice president of human resources at Encore Development, a technology solutions provider, from 2000 to 2001, and at Whittman-Hart Inc., a global business and technology solutions provider, from 1998 to 2000. She has also served as director of human resources for the Illinois practice of Deloitte & Touche LLP and has had financial and administrative management positions at Booz Allen Hamilton, a global strategy and technology consulting firm, and Cambridge Associates.Associates, a provider of investment and financial research and consulting services to nonprofit institutions.

DuBose Ausley is a nominee to our board of directors and has consented to serve as a director. He is an employee of Ausley & McMullen, a law firm in Tallahassee, Florida, where he was Chairman for more than 25 years prior to June 2002. Mr. Ausley is also a director of Capital City Bank Group, Inc., a financial services holding company, Tampa Electric Co., Inc. and TECO Energy, Inc., public utilities operating in the State of Florida, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Florida, Inc. and Sprint Corporation. He was also Chairman of the Capital City Bank Group, Inc. from 1982 to 2003.

 

Deborah A. Bricker is a nominee to our board of directors and has consented to serve as a director. She has served as the President of Bricker Partners LLC, a private investment and management consulting


67


Management


company, since 1999. Ms. Bricker previously founded and was president of Bricker & Associates, Inc., an operational improvement consulting firm, from 1978 to 1999 when it was sold to Keane, Inc. She currently serves on the board of directors of Forsythe Technology, Inc., a national provider of technology infrastructure solutions, and on the boards of several not-for-profit institutions, including The Goodman Theatre, where she was the immediate past chairman, The Chicago Public Library Foundation, The University of Chicago Hospitals & Health System and The Chicago Public Education Fund.

 

James D. Edwardsis a nominee to our board of directors and has consented to serve as a director. He is the owner of JDE Enterprises Inc., a provider of consulting and independent contractor services.


56


Management


Mr. Edwards retired in 2002 as managing partner-global markets of Arthur Andersen LLP, a position he had held since 1998. Mr. Edwards began his career with Arthur Andersen LLP in 1964 and served in several positions after that time. Mr. Edwards is also a director of IMS Health Incorporated, a global provider of information solutions to the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries, and Transcend Services, Inc., a provider of medical transcription services to the healthcare industry.

 

John McCartney is a nominee to our board of directors and has consented to serve as a director. He has served as a director of Westcon Group, Inc., a specialty distributor of networking and communications equipment for technology vendors, since August 1998 and was elected chairman of the board of directors in January 2001. Mr. McCartney served as vice chairman of the board of directors of Datatec Limited, a networking technology and services company, from October 1998 until March 2004. Since December 2003, he has served as chairman of the board of First Circle Medical, Inc., a privately held medical therapy company. Since 1998, Mr. McCartney has served as a director of A.M. Castle Corporation, a steel distributor, and he currently serves as lead director, and chairman of the audit committee and a member of the governance committee. From June 1997 to March 1998, he held the position of president of 3Com Corporation’s Client Access Unit. He joined the executive management team of US Robotics in March 1984 as vice president and chief financial officer and served in various executive capacities until serving as president and chief operating officer of US Robotics from January 1996 until its merger with 3Com Corporation in June 1997. From 1981 to 1984, Mr. McCartney was vice president of operations of Dur-o-wal, Inc., a company that manufactures and supplies products to the masonry construction industry. From 1976 to 1981, he held the position of manager at Grant Thornton LLP, a public accounting firm. Mr. McCartney is a certified public accountant.

 

Paul G. Yovovich, 50, is anticipated to be added to our board after consummation of the offering. He served as the Chief Executive Officer of Huron Consulting Group Inc. from our inception through April 2004. Mr. Yovovich has served as president of Lake Capital Management LLC since 1999. Previously, he held a variety of senior executive positions and was president of Advance Ross Corporation, an international financial services company, from 1993 to 1996. Mr. Yovovich serves on the boards of 3Com Corporation, APAC Customer Services, Inc., Archstone Consulting, Dutko Holdings LLCa provider of voice and DVC Worldwide, LLC.data networking products, services and solutions, and several private companies.

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will consist of such number of directors as from time to time fixed by resolution of the board, which currently consists of two persons. We expect to increase the size of our board to include five additional members. Mr. Ausley, Ms. Bricker, Mr. Edwards and Mr. McCartney, nominees to our board, will each be an independent director in accordance with the independence requirements of the NASDAQ National Market and the rules of the SEC. We anticipate adding Mr. Yovovich to our board after consummation of the offering.

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will be amended to divide our board into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with one class to be elected each year to serve for a three-year term. Class I directors will have an initial term expiring in 2005, Class II directors will have an initial term expiring in 2006 and Class III directors will have an initial term expiring in 2007.

 

The composition of the committees of the board of directors described belowIt is expected that Class I will be determined prior to the consummationcomprised of this offering.Mr. Yovovich and Mr. Massaro, Class II will be comprised of Ms. Bricker and Mr. Ausley and Class III will be comprised of Messrs. Edwards, Holdren and McCartney.


68


Management


 

BOARD COMMITTEES

 

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we plan to establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition of the committees of the board of directors will be determined once independent directors are added to our board.


57


Management


 

Audit committee

The audit committee will be comprised of not fewer than three directors elected by a majority of the board. The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes, as well as the audits of our financial statements, including retaining and discharging our auditors. Our audit committee will comply with the independence requirements of the NASDAQ National Market and the rules of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. It is expected that the audit committee will be comprised of Messrs. McCartney (Chairperson), Edwards and Ausley.

 

Compensation committee

The compensation committee will be comprised of not fewer than three directors elected by a majority of the board. The compensation committee will oversee the administration of our benefit plans, review and administer all compensation arrangements for executive officers and establish and review general policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Our compensation committee will comply with the independence requirements of the NASDAQ National Market. It is expected that the compensation committee will be comprised of Ms. Bricker (Chairperson) and Messrs. McCartney and Ausley.

 

Nominating and corporate governance committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised of not fewer than three directors elected by a majority of the board. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities will include identifying and recommending to the board appropriate director nominee candidates.candidates and providing oversight with respect to corporate governance matters. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will comply with the independence requirements of the NASDAQ National Market. It is expected that the nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised of Messrs. Edwards (Chairperson) and Ausley and Ms. Bricker.

 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

 

None of our executive officers will serve as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Although we had no compensation committee during the year ended December 31, 2003, Mr. Holdren, Mr. Massaro, Ms. Sawall, Mr. Yovovich, our former Chief Executive Officer of the company and president of Lake Capital Management LLC, and Edward A. Kovas, our former Vice President and vice president of Lake Capital Management LLC, participated in various stages of deliberation concerning executive officer compensation. See “Certain relationships and related transactions.”

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

We do not currently compensate our directors for their service as members of our board of directors. After the consummation of this offering, we will pay each of our independent directors $20,000 per year and $1,000 for each meeting of the board of directors or any committee of the board that he or she attends. We also plan to pay a fee for acting as a committee chair and to grant stock options and/or restricted common stock to independent directors under our Omnibus Stock Plan. On the date of this prospectus, we intend to grant to each independent director options exercisable for 13,333 shares of our


69


Management


common stock, assuming a public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus. These options will have a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price. One-third of these options will vest on the grant date and one-third will vest on each of the next two annual meetings. All of our directors will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses for attending board and committee meetings.


58


Management


 

COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The following table sets forth information on compensation earned by Mr. Holdren, our Chief Executive Officer, and each of our next four most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2003. We refer to these officers in this prospectus as our named executive officers.

 

Summary compensation table

 

  Annual
compensation


  

Long-term compensation
awards—number of
securities

underlying options (#) (2)

  All other
compensation ($) (3)
  Annual
compensation


  

Long-term compensation
awards—number of
securities

underlying options (#) (2)

  All other
compensation ($) (3)
Name and principal position  Salary ($)  Bonus ($)    Salary ($)  Bonus ($)  

Gary E. Holdren(1)

Chief Executive Officer and President

  750,000  500,375     23,878

Gary E. Holdren(1)

Chief Executive Officer and President

  750,000  500,375  43,479  23,878

George E. Massaro

Chief Operating Officer

  450,000  350,625     24,380  450,000  350,625  86,958  24,380

Daniel P. Broadhurst

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

  485,116  184,167     17,880  485,116  184,167  6,522  17,880

Suzanne S. Bettman(4)

Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

  310,065  103,750     13,065

Suzanne S. Bettman(4)

Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

  310,065  103,750  2,174  13,065

Mary M. Sawall

Vice President, Human Resources

  225,000  100,000     15,121  225,000  100,000  8,696  15,121

(1) Mr. Holdren has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President since May 2004 and as Chief Executive Officer of Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC since June 2003 and President since we commenced operations in May 2002. During 2003, Paul G. Yovovich served as our named Chief Executive Officer, but received neither compensation nor equity grants from us. Mr. Yovovich resigned from his position as Chief Executive Officer in April 2004.
(2) See disclosure under “Option grants in fiscal year 2003” below.
(3) All other compensation details:

 

   401(k) match ($)  Life insurance
premiums ($)
  Long-term disability
insurance
premiums ($)

Mr. Holdren

  12,000  4,278  7,600

Mr. Massaro

  12,000  6,139  6,241

Mr. Broadhurst

  12,000  1,360  4,520

Ms. Bettman

  9,208  1,021  2,836

Ms. Sawall

  12,000  1,500  1,621

 

(4) Ms. Bettman resigned in February 2004.

 


 

5970


Management


 

Option grants in fiscal year 2003

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the grant of stock options to each of the named executive officers during the last fiscal year. The potential realizable value is calculated based on assumed rates of stock appreciation of 0%, 5% and 10% compounded annually from the date the options were granted until their expiration date. The assumed 0%, 5% and 10% rates of stock appreciation are based on an assumed public offering price of $                    ,$15.00, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus. These numbers are calculated based on the requirements of the SEC and do not reflect our estimate of future stock price growth.

 

Name Number of
securities
underlying
options
granted(1)
 Percent of total
options
granted to
employees in
fiscal year
  Exercise or
base price
per share
 Expiration
date
 

Potential realizable value at
assumed rates of stock price
appreciation for option term

(10 years)


 Number of
securities
underlying
options
granted(1)
 

Percent of

total
options
granted to
employees
in fiscal
year

  Exercise or
base price
per share
 Expiration
date
 

Potential realizable value at

assumed rates of stock price
appreciation for option term

(10 years)


 0% 5% 10%  0% 5% 10%

Gary E. Holdren

 4.65% 5/23/13  43,479 4.65% $0.575 5/23/13 $627,185 $1,037,340 $1,666,600

George E. Massaro

 2.32
6.97
%
%
 5/23/13
12/22/13
  21,740
65,218
 2.32
6.97
%
%
 $
$
0.575
0.851
 5/23/13
12/22/13
  
 
313,600
922,769
  
 
518,682
1,537,998
  
 
833,319
2,481,880

Daniel P. Broadhurst

 0.70% 5/23/13  6,522 0.70% $0.575 5/23/13  94,080  155,605  249,996

Suzanne S. Bettman(2)

 0.23% 5/23/13  2,174 0.23% $0.575 5/23/13  31,360  51,868  83,332

Mary M. Sawall

 0.93% 5/23/13  8,696 0.93% $0.575 5/23/13  125,440  207,473  333,328

(1) All options vest 25% each grant anniversary over four years, subject to the executive’s continued employment.
(2) These options were cancelled in connection with Ms. Bettman’s resignation in February 2004.

 

Option values at December 31, 2003

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the exercise of stock options during 2003 by each of the named executive officers and the value at the end of our 2003 fiscal year of the unexercised options held by the named executive officers. The value realized upon exercise of stock options during 2003 and the value of unexercised in-the-money options are based on an assumed public offering price of $          ,$15.00, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus.

 

NameShares acquired on
exercise (#)
Value realized ($)

Number of

securities underlying

unexercised options
at fiscal year end

exercisable/
unexercisable (#)

Value of unexercised

in-the-money
options at

fiscal year end
exercisable/
unexercisable ($)


Gary E. Holdren

George E. Massaro

Daniel P. Broadhurst

Suzanne S. Bettman(1)

Mary M. Sawall

Name Shares acquired on
exercise (#)
 Value realized ($) 

Number of

securities underlying

unexercised options
at fiscal year end

exercisable/
unexercisable (#)

 

Value of unexercised

in-the-money
options at

fiscal year end
exercisable/
unexercisable ($)

Gary E. Holdren

 0 0 0/43,479 0/627,185

George E. Massaro

 10,870 162,800 0/119,568 0/1,724,769

Daniel P. Broadhurst

 8,153 122,107 0/30,978 0/460,357

Suzanne S. Bettman(1)

 0 0 10,870/34,783 162,796/519,749

Mary M. Sawall

 6,251 93,621 0/27,446 0/406,259

(1) The unexercisable options were cancelled in connection with Ms. Bettman’s resignation.

 


71


Management


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

 

Holdren senior management agreement

Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC has entered into a senior management agreement with Mr. Holdren. The agreement, which was effective as of May 13, 2002, has an initial term of three years and automatically renews for additional one-year periods on an annual basis unless, at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the then-current term, we or Mr. Holdren provide notice that the agreement shall not renew. The


60


Management


agreement provides that Mr. Holdren will report to the chairman of our board of directors. Under the terms of the agreement, in 2004, Mr. Holdren’s minimum annual base salary is $800,000 and his annual performance bonus target is $850,000. CompensationHis compensation is subject to annual review. Mr. Holdren has received a minimum payment in an amount of $225,000 with respect to his annual bonus for the twelve months ended May 13, 2004 and will receive a minimum payment in an amount of $112,500 with respect to thathis annual bonus for the periodstwelve months ending on each of May 13, 2004 and May 13, 2005, in an amount of $225,000 and $112,500, respectively, with such amounts being paid in four quarterly installments during the yearannual employment period to which they relate. Thereafter, theThe remaining amount of the annual bonus to be received by Mr. Holdren will be based on the achievement of performance goals set by our compensation committee. Mr. Holdren is also eligible for additional bonuses in the event that our annual earnings exceed targets set by the compensation committee, in amounts that the compensation committee determines to be appropriate.

 

Mr. Holdren’s agreement provides that if his employment is terminated by us without cause, if he resigns for good reason (as such terms are defined in the agreement) or if he is terminated in connection with a non-renewal of the agreement prior to the fifth anniversary of its execution, Mr. Holdren will be entitled to severance pay of $1,500,000, payable over the twelve-month period following termination, along with continuation of medical and dental benefits andduring such twelve-month period. All other company provided perquisites during such twelve-month period.and benefits will be subject to the treatment provided under the terms of the applicable plans or programs. If Mr. Holdren is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason within twelve months of a qualified change of control, the $1,500,000 will be paid in a lump sum. In addition, Mr. Holdren or his estate is entitled to severance pay of six-months’ base salary over the six-month period following his death or disability, along with continuation of medical benefits. In order to receive any of these severance payments, Mr. Holdren must execute a general release in favor of us. Mr. Holdren is also entitled to coverage under our directors and officers insurance policy for six years following his termination, subject to specified exceptions and limitations. Mr. Holdren has agreed to certain restrictive covenants that will survive for a period of one to three years following the termination of his employment pursuant to which he will not solicit our clients or interfere with our relationships with our employees or customers.

 

Mr. Holdren’s agreement provided for the purchase by him of 391,305 shares of our common stock pursuant to a separate restricted shares award agreement under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan. On December 10, 2002, Mr. Holdren purchased the 391,305 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of $$0.02 per share. The restricted shares award agreement provides us with repurchase rights with respect to these shares that, except in certain circumstances, lapse over a three-year vesting period, subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of certain specified events, including a qualified public offering of shares of our common stock. Pursuant to the acceleration provision, Mr. Holdren’s unvested restricted shares will fully vest immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. In addition, Mr. Holdren will have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights with respect to these shares. Pursuant to these piggyback registration rights, if, following the consummation of this offering, we propose any underwritten public offering of our equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating to our employee benefit plans, exchange offers by us or a merger or acquisition of a business or assets by us), Mr. Holdren is entitled to include his shares of common stock in that registration, subject to certain limitations, with all registration expenses paid by us.


72


Management


 

Pursuant to a separate restricted shares award agreement under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, on December 31, 2002, Mr. Holdren purchased an additional 130,435 shares of our common stock. While we currentlystock, at a purchase price of $0.02 per share. We have repurchase rights with respect to these shares. Pursuant to the agreement, any unvested restricted common shares the repurchase rights will lapse in connection withfully vest immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Mr. Holdren does not have registration rights with respect to these 130,435 restricted common shares.

 

Mr. Holdren has subsequently been granted options to acquire an additional 86,958 shares of our common stock under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.

 


In September 2004, we adopted an amendment to Mr. Holdren’s senior management agreement that provides Mr. Holdren with certain change of control benefits. Pursuant to the amendment, if Mr. Holdren’s employment is terminated within the 24 months following a change of control, either by us without cause or by Mr. Holdren with good reason, which includes not being the chief executive officer of the successor entity, all of his unvested equity awards will immediately become vested and exercisable and he will be entitled to severance pay of three times the total of his then current base salary and target annual bonus. In the event of such termination, he will also be entitled to a pro-rata bonus for the year during which his termination occurs, 36 months of benefit continuation, and, if necessary, an excise tax gross-up payment.

61


Management


 

Massaro senior management agreement

Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC has also entered into a senior management agreement with Mr. Massaro. Mr. Massaro’s agreement, which was effective August 12, 2002, has an initial three-year term and automatically renews for additional one-year periods on an annual basis unless, at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the then-current term, we or Mr. Massaro provide notice that the agreement shall not renew. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Massaro receives a minimum annual base salary of $350,000 and has an annual performance bonus target during his initial three year term of $150,000. CompensationHis compensation is subject to annual review. Mr. Massaro has received a guaranteed minimum bonus payment of $75,000 with respect to his annual bonus for the year endingtwelve months ended August 12, 2004 to be paid in quarterly installments during the year and will receive a guaranteed minimum bonus payment of $37,500 for the yeartwelve months ending August 12, 2005, also payable in quarterly installments during the year.annual employment period. The remaining amount of the annual bonus to be received by Mr. Massaro will be based on the achievement of performance goals set by the compensation committee. Mr. Massaro is also eligible for additional bonuses in the event that our annual earnings exceed targets set by our compensation committee, in amounts that the compensation committee determines to be appropriate.

 

Mr. Massaro was also granted options to acquire 21,740 shares of our common stock under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan at the time his employment commenced. Mr. Massaro has subsequently been granted options to acquire an additional 21,740 shares of our common stock under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and options to acquire an additional 108,698 shares of our common stock under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan. In accordance with the original terms of the grants under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, the options granted under that plan will vest in full in connection with the consummation of this offering.

 

Mr. Massaro’s agreement provides that if his employment is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason (as such terms are defined in the agreement) he will be entitled to severance pay equal to six months’ base salary, which amount is subject to offset for remuneration earned by Mr. Massaro during the six-month period following such a termination. In addition,order to receive such severance payments, Mr. Massaro must execute a general release in favor of us. Mr. Massaro or his


73


Management


estate is entitled to severance pay of three months base salary payable over the three-month period following his death or disability, along with continuation of medical benefits. Mr. Massaro has also agreed to certain restrictive covenants that will survive for one year following the termination of his employment pursuant to which, among other things, he will not solicit our clients or interfere with our relationships with our employees or customers.

 

In September 2004, we adopted an amendment to Mr. Massaro’s senior management agreement that provides Mr. Massaro with certain change in control benefits. Pursuant to the amendment, if Mr. Massaro’s employment is terminated within the 24 months following a change of control, either by us without cause or by Mr. Massaro for good reason (as provided in the agreement), all of his unvested equity awards that were granted prior to such change of control will immediately become vested and exercisable and he will be entitled to severance pay of two times the total of his then current base salary and target annual bonus. In the event of such a termination, he will also be entitled to a pro-rata bonus for the year during which his termination occurs and 24 months of benefit continuation. In certain situations, Mr. Massaro may be entitled to an excise tax gross-up payment, or his severance benefits may be reduced to limit his excise tax burden.

Broadhurst senior management agreement

Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC has also entered into a senior management agreement with Mr. Broadhurst. Mr. Broadhurst’s agreement, which was effective May 15, 2002, has an initial three-year term and automatically renews for additional one-year periods on an annual basis unless, at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the then-current term, we or Mr. Broadhurst provide notice that the agreement shall not renew. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Broadhurst receives an annual base salary of no less than $485,000, an annual target bonus for the initial term of $260,000 and has received a guaranteed minimum bonus payment of $130,000 with respect to such bonus for the year endingtwelve months ended May 15, 2004 and has a guaranteed minimum bonus payment of $65,000 for the following yeartwelve months ending May 15, 2005, to be paid in quarterly installments during each year.the annual employment period. The remaining amount of the annual bonus to be received by Mr. Broadhurst will be based on the achievement of performance goals set by the compensation committee. Mr. Broadhurst is also eligible for additional bonuses in the event that our annual earnings exceed targets set by the compensation committee, in amounts that the compensation committee determines to be appropriate.

 

Mr. Broadhurst was also granted options to acquire 32,609 shares of our common stock under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan at the time his employment commenced. In accordance with the original terms of the grant, these options will vest in full in connection with the consummation of this offering. Mr. Broadhurst has subsequently been granted options to acquire an additional 8,696 shares of our common stock under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, which will not vest as a result of the consummation of this offering.


62


Management


 

Mr. Broadhurst’s agreement provides that if his employment is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason (as such terms are defined in the agreement) he will be entitled to severance pay equal to six months’ base salary, which amount is subject to offset for remuneration earned by Mr. Broadhurst during the six-month period following such a termination. In addition,order to receive such severance payments, Mr. Broadhurst must execute a general release in favor of us. Mr. Broadhurst or his estate is entitled to severance pay of three months’ base salary payable over the three-month period following his death or disability, along with continuation of medical benefits. Mr. Broadhurst has also agreed to certain restrictive covenants that will survive for one year following the termination of his employment pursuant to which, among other things, he will not solicit our clients or interfere with our relationships with our employees or customers.

 


74


Management


In September 2004, we adopted an amendment to Mr. Broadhurst’s senior management agreement that provides Mr. Broadhurst with certain change in control benefits. Pursuant to the amendment, if Mr. Broadhurst’s employment is terminated within the 24 months following a change of control, either by us without cause or by Mr. Broadhurst for good reason (as provided in the agreement), all of his unvested equity awards that were granted prior to such change of control will immediately become vested and exercisable and he will be entitled to severance pay equal to the total of one year of his then current base salary and his then current target annual bonus. In the event of such a termination, he will also be entitled to a pro-rata bonus for the year during which his termination occurs and 12 months of benefit continuation. In certain situations, these benefits may be reduced to limit Mr. Broadhurst’s excise tax burden.

Bettman senior management agreement

Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC had entered into a senior management agreement with Ms. Bettman prior to her resignation in February 2004. Ms. Bettman did not receive any severance pay in connection with her resignation. Certain restrictive covenants of the agreement survive for one year following her resignation pursuant to which, among other things, she agreed not to solicit our clients or interfere with our relationships with our employees or customers.

 

Sawall senior management agreement

Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC has entered into a senior management agreement with Ms. Sawall. Ms. Sawall’s agreement, which was effective May 1, 2002, has an initial one-year term and automatically renews for additional one-year periods on an annual basis unless, at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the then-current term, we or Ms. Sawall provide notice that the agreement shall not renew. Under the terms of the agreement, Ms. Sawall receives an annual base salary of no less than $225,000 and is eligible to participate in our annual performance bonus plan. Ms. Sawall is also eligible for additional bonuses in the event that our annual earnings exceed targets set by the compensation committee, in amounts that the compensation committee determines to be appropriate.

 

Ms. Sawall was also granted options to acquire 16,305 shares of our common stock under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan at the time her employment commenced. Ms. Sawall has subsequently been granted options to acquire an additional 8,696 shares of our common stock under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and options to acquire an additional 15,218 shares of our common stock under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan. In accordance with the original terms of the grants under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, the options granted under that plan will vest in full in connection with the consummation of this offering.

 

Ms. Sawall’s agreement provides that if her employment is terminated by us without cause or if she resigns for good reason (as such terms are defined in the agreement) she will be entitled to severance pay equal to six months’ base salary, which amount is subject to offset for remuneration earned by Ms. Sawall during the six-month period following such a termination. In addition,order to receive such severance payments, Ms. Sawall must execute a general release in favor of us. Ms. Sawall or her estate is entitled to severance pay of three months’ base salary payable over the three-month period following her death or disability, along with continuation of medical benefits. Ms. Sawall has also agreed to certain restrictive covenants that will survive for one year following termination of her employment pursuant to which, among other things, she will not interfere with our relationships with our employees or customers.

 

In September 2004, we adopted an amendment to Ms. Sawall’s senior management agreement that provides Ms. Sawall with certain change in control benefits. Pursuant to the amendment, if Ms. Sawall’s employment is terminated within the 24 months following a change of control, either by us without cause or by Ms. Sawall for good reason (as provided in the agreement), all of her unvested equity awards


75


Management


that were granted prior to such change of control will immediately become vested and exercisable and she will be entitled to severance pay equal to the total of one year of her then current base salary and her then current target annual bonus. In the event of such a termination, she will also be entitled to a pro-rata bonus for the year during which her termination occurs and 12 months of benefit continuation. In certain situations, these benefits may be reduced to limit Ms. Sawall’s excise tax burden.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS

 

Existing equity incentive plans

We have adopted three equity incentive plans (our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and our Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (California)). Our existing equity incentive plans provide for the grant of equity options, equity appreciation rights and equity awards to


63


Management


our officers, employees, third-party consultants and advisors. Following the consummation of this offering, we will issue future stock-based awards only under our 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan described below.

 

We have reserved 2,802,828 shares of common stock for issuance under our three existing equity incentive plans. Of that number, as of March 31,September 17, 2004, a total of521,740 shares have been issued as past awards or are reserved for issuance under outstanding awards, consisting of             shares subject to restricted stock awards and 379,936 shares have been issued upon the exercise of options. As of September 17, 2004, 1,670,041 shares of common stock are issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, with a weighted average exercise price of $$0.75 per share. Following the consummation of this offering, all 521,740 shares subject to restricted stock awards granted in 2002 will be fully vested and options exercisable for 485,320 shares issued pursuant to our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and options exercisable for              shares issued pursuant to our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (California)existing equity incentive plans will be fully vested.

 

Our compensation committee will administer our existing equity incentive plans following the consummation of this offering. Our compensation committee may amend, suspend or terminate the plans at any time. Additionally, our compensation committee may amend the terms of any outstanding awards, except that any award amendment that would adversely affect the rights of an award holder must be consented to by the award holder, unless the amendment is made either to avoid an expense charge to our company or to allow us take a deduction under the tax code.

 

2004 Omnibus stock planStock Plan

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to adopt a new 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan, or the Omnibus Plan, which will replace our existing plans for grants of equity-based compensation following the consummation of this offering. There are several types of awards that may be granted under the Omnibus Plan: stock options (including both incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and nonqualified options, which are options that do not qualify as ISOs), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock bonus awards, and other equity-based awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, our common stock. A total of 2,141,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Plan, subject to equitable adjustment upon certain corporate transactions or events. Shares subject to an award that remain unissued upon the cancellation or termination of the award will again become available for award under the Omnibus Plan, as shall any shares subject to an award that are retained by us as payment of the exercise price or tax withholding obligations and previously owned shares surrendered to us as payment of the exercise price of an option or to satisfy tax withholding obligations. In addition, to the extent an award is paid or settled in cash, the number of shares previously subject to the award shall again be available for grants pursuant to the Omnibus Plan.


76


Management


 

The Omnibus Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our officers, employees and non-employee directors and third-party consultants are eligible to receive awards under the Omnibus Plan in the discretion of the compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the responsibility for interpreting the plan and determining all of the terms and conditions of awards made under the plan, including when they will become exercisable or otherwise vest. The compensation committee has the authority to accelerate the exercisability and/or vesting of any outstanding award at such times and under such circumstances as it deems appropriate. The Omnibus Plan may be amended by our board, subject to stockholder approval where necessary to satisfy legal or regulatory requirements. The Omnibus Plan will terminate not later than the tenth anniversary of its adoption. Awards granted before the termination of the Omnibus Plan may extend beyond that date in accordance with their terms.

 

The Omnibus Plan is intended to permit the grant of performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which generally limits the deduction that we


64


Management


may take for compensation of our five most senior executive officers. Under Section 162(m), certain compensation, including compensation based on the attainment of performance goals, will not be subject to this limitation if certain requirements are met. The vesting of awards that are intended to qualify as performance based compensation will be based upon business criteria as established by the compensation committee from time to time.

 

To date, no awards have been granted under the Omnibus Plan. InasmuchOther than with respect to the shares of restricted common stock and options that we intend to grant on the date of this prospectus as described below and with respect to our contractual obligations to issue a total of 8,696 options per year to certain third-party consultants, inasmuch as awards under the Omnibus Plan will be granted at the sole discretion of our compensation committee, it is not possible at this time to determine either the persons who will receive awards under the Omnibus Plan or the amount of any such awards. On the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Plan.Plan and our existing equity incentive plans. On the date of this prospectus, we intend to grant pursuant to the Omnibus Plan 769,700 shares of restricted stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees, options exercisable for 75,800 shares of our common stock, with a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price, to one of our executive officers and certain of our employees and options exercisable for 13,333 shares of our common stock, with a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price and assuming a public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, to each of our independent directors. See “Certain relationships and related transactions—Equity compensation awards to be granted on the date of this prospectus.”

 


 

6577



 

Certain relationships and related transactions

 

The following organizational chart sets forth the corporate structure and ownership of us and of our parent, HCG Holdings LLC, after giving effect to this offering (without giving effect to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). Our post-offering ownership structure gives effect to the issuance by us of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to be granted to our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus, but does not give effect to 1,670,041 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options at September 17, 2004, 75,800 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted to one of our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus or 53,332 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to be granted to our independent directors on the date of this prospectus.

LOGO


(1)The preferred and common interests in HCG Holdings LLC held by this group reflects the interests held by 24 of our managing directors that are not executive officers. None of these 24 other managing directors individually owns more than 1.0% of either the preferred or common interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(2)Lake Capital Partners LP and Lake Capital Management LLC collectively have investment and voting control over the shares of our common stock held by HCG Holdings LLC. Lake Capital Investment Partners LP is the sole general partner of Lake

(Footnotes continued on following page.)


78


Certain relationships and related transactions


Capital Partners LP and Lake Partners LLC is the sole general partner of Lake Capital Investment Partners LP. Terence M. Graunke and Paul G. Yovovich are the members and managers of Lake Partners LLC as well as members of an investment committee of Lake Capital Investment Partners LP and, in such roles, these individuals have investment and voting control over, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of, the shares ultimately controlled by Lake Capital Investment Partners LP. Mr. Graunke is also the controlling member of Lake Capital Management LLC and, pursuant to the Lake Capital Management LLC operating agreement, has investment and voting control over, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of, the shares controlled by that entity. Each of Mr. Graunke and Mr. Yovovich disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned by HCG Holdings LLC. Each of Mr. Graunke and Mr. Yovovich individually own preferred and common interests in HCG Holdings, as reflected in the chart.
(3)The PPM America Funds consist of PPM America Private Equity Fund, L.P. and a related fund, Old Hickory Fund I, LLC, which own 34.4% and 0.3%, respectively, of the preferred interests and 30.9% and 0.2%, respectively, of the common interests in HCG Holdings LLC. The Goldman Sachs Funds consist of seven related Goldman Sachs private equity funds, consisting of GS Private Equity Partners 2000, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2000 Offshore Holdings, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2000 – Direct Investment Fund, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2002, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2002 Offshore Holdings, L.P., GS Private Equity Partners 2002 – Direct Investment Fund, L.P. and GS Private Equity Partners 2002 Employee Fund, L.P., which own 3.3%, 1.1%, 1.3%, 1.1%, 2.9%, 1.0% and 0.5%, respectively, of the preferred interests and 3.0%, 1.0%, 1.2%, 1.0%, 2.6%, 0.9% and 0.4%, respectively, of the common interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(4)This group consists of 31 other investors holding the interests. None of the holders in this group own more than 1.0% of the total preferred interests or total common interests in HCG Holdings LLC, except for The Hamilton Companies LLC, which owns 1.4% of the preferred interests and 1.4% of the common interests.
(5)Mr. Holdren has been attributed for purposes of this chart ownership of 4.24% of the common stock, which is held in a trust for the benefit of the family of Mr. Holdren. See “Principal and selling stockholders.”
(6)Reflects the shares of common stock held by current and former employees of Huron Consulting Group Inc. None of the holders of the common stock in this group owns more than 1.0% of the total common stock.

INCORPORATION TRANSACTIONS

Initial capitalization

On April 23, 2002, Lake Capital Management LLC, Lake Huron Investors LLC, PPM America Private Equity Fund, L.P., or PPM LP, and Old Hickory Fund I, LLC, or Old Hickory, organized our parent, HCG Holdings LLC, for the purpose of forming Huron Consulting Group Inc. with capital from these investors.

ØCommon stock.    Between April and June 2002, HCG Holdings LLC acquired an aggregate of 11,281,243 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.02 per share for an aggregate consideration of approximately $0.3 million.

Ø8% preferred stock.    Between April and June 2002, HCG Holdings LLC acquired an aggregate of 12,500 shares of our 8% preferred stock for an aggregate consideration of $12.5 million. The 8% preferred stock has a stated value of $1,000 and accrues dividends on a daily basis, compounded annually, at a rate of 8% of the stated value.

Ø8% promissory notes.    Between June and September 2002, we also received proceeds of approximately $10.1 million from the issuance of 8% promissory notes to HCG Holdings LLC. Interest on the promissory notes, which is payable annually, accrues at a rate of 8% per year. The 8% promissory notes mature five years and six months from the date of issuance, subject to mandatory prepayment upon the occurrence of specified events, including the consummation of this offering.

HCG Holdings LLC currently owns approximately 94%93% of our outstanding common stock and all of our outstanding 8% preferred stock and 8% promissory notes. HCG Holdings LLC is controlled by Lake Capital Partners LP and Lake Capital Management LLC. The remaining equity interests in HCG Holdings LLC are held by certain institutional investors,PPM LP, Old Hickory and seven related Goldman Sachs private equity funds, some of our executive officers and employees,24 of our other managing directors, each of our board members, a director nominee and approximately 3031 other holders. The executive officers and members or nomineesnominee of our board holding interests in HCG Holdings LLC are Messrs. Broadhurst, Burge, Holdren, Massaro and McCartney.McCartney, who hold 0.1%,


79


Certain relationships and related transactions


0.1%, 1.7%, 0.2% and 0.1%, respectively, of the common interests and 0.1%, 0.1%, 1.9%, 0.2% and 0.1%, respectively, of the preferred interests in HCG Holdings LLC. Mr. Yovovich, whom we expect to add to our board after the consummation of this offering, is president and a member of Lake Capital Management LLC and controls Lake Capital Partners LP. Mr. Yovovich also has equitydirectly holds 2.9% of the common interests and 1.0% of the preferred interests in HCG Holdings LLC. Upon consummation of this offering, we will use approximately $             million of our estimated net proceeds to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock and approximately $             million to repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes.

 

Management agreement and services

On April 23, 2002, HCG Holdings LLC entered into a Management Agreement on our behalf with Lake Capital Management LLC, which led the group of investors that sponsored our formation, pursuantformation. Pursuant to whichthe agreement, Lake Capital Management LLC agreed to assist in our formation and provide general management services for us.us, including consultation, advice and assistance with respect to operations, strategic planning, financing and other aspects of our business. In 2002, Lake Capital Management LLC was paid fees of $1.5 million under this agreement, $0.5 million of which was paid by offsetting amounts outstanding undercanceling a promissory note issued by Lake Capital Management LLC to us. UponHCG Holdings LLC on the date the management agreement was executed. The cancelled promissory note had a principal amount of $0.5 million, did not accrue interest and had a final maturity date of July 14, 2002. HCG Holdings LLC agreed to lend Lake Capital Management LLC the $0.5 million in order to induce Lake Capital Management LLC to enter into the agreement. In connection with the termination of the agreement in July 2002, we paidHCG Holdings LLC agreed to lend Lake Capital Management LLC an additional $1.0 million whichpursuant to a promissory note issued by Lake Capital Management LLC to HCG Holdings LLC and to pay $1.0 million to Lake Capital Management LLC upon the consummation of the investment of Lake Capital Partners LP in HCG Holdings LLC. Upon Lake Capital Partners LP’s investment, the $1.0 million was paid by offsetting amounts outstanding underthe cancellation of the promissory note. The cancelled promissory note had a promissory note.principal amount of $1.0 million, did not accrue interest and had a final maturity date of January 5, 2003. HCG Holdings LLC agreed to lend Lake Capital Management LLC the $1.0 million in order to induce Lake Capital Management LLC to terminate the management agreement. The only provisions of the agreement surviving termination relate to the limitation of Lake Capital Management LLC’s liability to us for any and all losses arising out of the services performed under the agreement, except for liability related to unlawful conduct or a failure to act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in our best interests, and our obligation to indemnify Lake Capital Management LLC and persons related to it against such losses or liabilities, subject to specified exceptions. Mr. Yovovich has been a member and served as a president of Lake Capital Management LLC since 1999.

 

From time to time, Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC reimburses Lake Capital Management LLC for its out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its provision of requested management advice on an at-will basis. Weadvice. Under this arrangement, we paid approximately $195,600 for the partial year ended December 31, 2002, approximately $97,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $12,300$84,000 for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004. Certain employees of Lake Capital Management LLC have served as officers and directors of Huron Consulting Group Inc. and Huron Consulting Services LLC until May 2004.

 

Advisory services agreement

On April 23, 2002, HCG Holdings LLC entered into an Advisory Services Agreement on our behalf with PPM America Private Equity Fund, L.P., or PPM LP, which owns approximately 31% of the equity interests in HCG Holdings LLC, pursuantLLC. Pursuant to whichthe agreement, PPM LP agreed to provide general management and other corporate advisory services to us.us, including consultation, advice and assistance with respect to financing and other aspects of our business. In 2002, PPM LP was paid $0.3 million under this agreement. The agreement was terminated in July 2002. The only provision of the agreement surviving termination relates to the limitation of PPM LP’s liability to us for any and all losses arising out of the services performed under the agreement.agreement, except for liability related to unlawful conduct or a failure to act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in our best interests.


80


Certain relationships and related transactions


OTHER ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES

 

Registration rights—Holdren restricted common stock

In December 2002, we issued a total of 521,740 shares of restricted common stock to Mr. Holdren at a purchase price of $0.02 per share for aggregate consideration of $12,000. Mr. Holdren has transferred these shares to a trust for the benefit of his family. 163,043 of Mr. Holdren’s shares of restricted common stock are currently vested and the remaining 358,697 shares will fully vest immediately prior to consummation of this offering. As described below, Mr. Holdren has been granted certain piggyback registration rights with respect to 391,305 of his shares of restricted common stock.

Stock options

Since August 2002, when we made our first grant of stock options, through September 17, 2004, we have issued to officers, employees and third-party consultants options to purchase 2,213,641 shares of common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.02 to $1.96, and have issued 379,936 shares of common stock upon exercise of such options for an aggregate consideration of $44,185. As of September 17, 2004, options to purchase 163,664 shares of common stock have been forfeited or cancelled, and options to purchase 1,670,041 shares of common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.75 per share, remain outstanding.

CLASS A COMMON STOCK OWNERSHIP AGREEMENTS

We have entered into a Stock Ownership Agreement with each of the holders of our Class A common stock, including HCG Holdings LLC, and each holder of options to purchase shares of our Class A common stocks. These agreements impose restrictions on transfers of shares of our Class A common stock, provide drag-along rights with respect to certain transfers of our securities and impose a 180-day lock-up agreement following the effectiveness of an underwritten offering of our equity securities. The transfer restrictions and drag-along rights terminate in connection with a qualified public offering, including this offering. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will terminate the Stock Ownership Agreement between us and HCG Holdings LLC.

EQUITY COMPENSATION AWARDS TO BE GRANTED ON THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS

On the date of this prospectus, after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and after a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to our 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan is filed and becomes effective, we intend to grant equity-based compensation awards under that plan to our executive officers and certain of our employees and each of our independent directors, as follows:

Restricted stock awards

We intend to grant a total of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to our executive officers and certain of our employees. These shares will vest over a four year period, with 25% vesting on each anniversary of the grant date during the period. Our executive officers who will be granted shares of restricted common stock are Messrs. Holdren, Massaro, Burge and Broadhurst, Ms. Delgado and Ms. Sawall, who will be granted 158,700, 32,600, 10,900, 10,900, 8,700 and 6,500 shares of restricted common stock, respectively. Based on a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate value of the shares of restricted common stock to be granted to Messrs. Holdren, Massaro, Burge and Broadhurst, Ms. Delgado and Ms. Sawall is $2,380,500, $489,000, $163,500, $163,500, $130,500 and $97,500 respectively.

Employee stock option awards

We intend to grant options to purchase 75,800 shares of our common stock to certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus, including one of our executive officers, Ms. Delgado, who will receive


81


Certain relationships and related transactions


options to purchase 13,100 of these shares. These options will have a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price and will vest over a four year period, with 25% vesting on each anniversary of the grant date during the period.

Independent director stock option awards

We intend to grant to each of four independent directors options exercisable for 13,333 shares of our common stock, assuming a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus. These options will have a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price. One-third of these options will vest on the grant date and one-third will vest on each of the next two annual meetings.

SPECIAL DIVIDEND

On May 12, 2004, we declared a special dividend on each outstanding share of our common stock and 8% preferred stock payable to holders of record on May 25, 2004. We paid the special dividend on June 29, 2004. The 8% preferred stock participated on an as converted basis. The aggregate amount of the dividend was $1.25 million, or $0.09 per share of common stock and $22.18 per share of 8% preferred stock. HCG Holdings LLC used the proceeds it received from the special dividend together with other funds of HCG Holdings LLC to redeem a portion of its outstanding preferred interests on a pro rata basis. In connection with this redemption, Messrs. Broadhurst, Burge, Holdren, Massaro and McCartney received an aggregate amount of approximately $4,540, $4,540, $90,788, $9,079 and $4,540, respectively, of which approximately $1,097, $1,097, $21,933, $2,193 and $1,097, respectively, was paid out of the proceeds of the dividend.

REDEMPTION OF 8% PREFERRED STOCK AND REPAYMENT OF 8% PROMISSORY NOTES WITH OFFERING PROCEEDS

Upon consummation of this offering, we will use approximately $15.1 million of our estimated net proceeds to redeem our outstanding 8% preferred stock and approximately $10.7 million to repay our outstanding 8% promissory notes. See “Use of proceeds.” All of our 8% preferred stock and 8% promissory notes are owned by HCG Holdings LLC. We expect that HCG Holdings LLC will distribute substantially all of the proceeds that it receives in connection with its investment in us to its members in accordance with its organizational documents, including the proceeds it receives from the sale of the shares being offered by it in this offering, the redemption of the outstanding 8% preferred stock and the repayment by us of the 8% promissory notes. Assuming that this offering is consummated at a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, we redeem the 8% preferred stock and repay the 8% promissory notes, and HCG Holdings LLC distributes all of the proceeds received by it in connection with the foregoing transactions, we estimate that Messrs. Broadhurst, Burge, Holdren, Massaro and McCartney will receive a payment of approximately $43,800, $43,800, $875,000, $87,500 and $43,800, respectively.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Holdren registration rights

On December 10, 2002, Mr. Holdren purchased 391,305 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of $$0.02 per share, pursuant to a restricted shares award agreement under our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan. The restricted shares award agreement grants Mr. Holdren certain piggyback registration rights with respect to these shares. Pursuant to these piggyback registration rights, if, following the consummation of this offering, we propose any underwritten public offering of our equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating to our employee benefit plans, exchange offers by us or a merger or acquisition of a business or assets by us), Mr. Holdren is entitled, subject to certain limitations, to include his shares of restricted common stock in that registration with all registration expenses paid by us.

 


 

6682


Certain relationships and related transactions


 

Registration rights—HCG Holdings LLC registration rights

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we and HCG Holdings LLC will enter into an agreement pursuant to which we will provide HCG Holdings LLC certain demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights with respect to the 9,614,576 shares ((8,864,576 shares if the underwritersunderwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of our common stock held by it immediately following the consummation of this offering. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. Pursuant to the demand registration rights, HCG Holdings LLC may require us to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at our expense, covering all or a portion of the registrable securities if the shares to be included in that registration will generate anticipated aggregate net proceeds to HCG Holdings LLC of at least $20.0 million. Under these demand registration rights, we are required to use our best efforts to cause the shares requested to be included in the registration statement, subject to customary conditions and limitations. We are not obligated to effect more than six demand registrations (though certain circumstances may cause a registration not to be counted as one of the six demand registrations). Once we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, HCG Holdings LLC may also require us to register all or a portion of the registrable securities on a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to specific conditions and limitations. We are not obligated to effect more than two of these shelf registrations on Form S-3 in any twelve-month period. Pursuant to the piggyback registration rights, HCG Holdings LLC also has the right to include the registrable securities in an unlimited number of other registrations of our common stock initiated by us or on behalf of other stockholders, subject to cut back provisions in certain situations. HCG Holdings LLC will have priority over any stockholder granted registration rights after the date of this offering in any subsequent registration statement. The registration rights may be transferred by HCG Holdings LLC to any transferee, subject to some conditions.

 

Under the registration rights agreement, we are obligated to pay all expenses incident to our performance of or compliance with the agreement, as well as certain expenses of HCG Holdings LLC. In connection with this offering, we have agreed to pay all of the offering expenses, including the expenses of HCG Holdings LLC, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes with respect to the shares being sold by HCG Holdings LLC. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, in connection with registrations thereunder, we and HCG Holdings LLC have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments which may be required in respect thereof. The underwriting agreement related to this offering contains similar cross-indemnification provisions.

MANAGEMENT RIGHTS LETTER AGREEMENT

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a management rights letter agreement with Lake Capital Partners LP. Under the terms of this agreement, for so long as Lake Capital Partners LP owns membership interests in HCG Holdings LLC and thereafter if it owns shares of our stock, Lake Capital Partners LP will be entitled to (1) receive copies of our periodic reports filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act as soon as they are available and such other information relating to our financial condition, business, prospects and corporate affairs as Lake Capital Partners LP may request, provided that we are not obligated to provide information that we deem to be a trade secret or similar confidential information, (2) consult with and advise us on significant business issues, (3) examine our books and records and inspect our facilities, provided that we need not provide access to confidential information and facilities unless Lake Capital Partners LP executes a non-disclosure agreement in a form acceptable to us and (4) receive all materials distributed to our board members and address our board regarding significant business issues, subject to our ability to exclude Lake Capital Partners LP’s access to materials or meetings as necessary to protect confidential information or for other similar reasons. Under the agreement, Lake Capital Partners LP will agree to customary confidentiality restrictions on the use of


83



information provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under the agreement. We will not pay any fees to, or receive any fees from, Lake Capital Partners LP in connection with the agreement.

OTHER RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Lake Capital Management LLC

We have an arrangement whereby we share with Lake Capital Management LLC season tickets for a luxury suite at Soldier Field for home games of the Chicago Bears that we use to entertain current and prospective clients. Under this arrangement, we paid $65,000 for the 2003 season and are responsible for $66,495 for the 2004 season.

 

Family relationships

Mr. Massaro’s son-in-law, Marc Mercier, is currently employed by us as an associate. In this capacity, he received total salary and bonus of approximately $61,250 and $22,700 in the year ended December 31, 2003 and the partial year ended December 31, 2002, respectively.

 

Highline Technology LLC

Our wholly-owned operating subsidiary, Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC entered into an agreement, effective as of September 3, 2003, with Highline Technology LLC, an entity in which Mr. Yovovich owns 40%, pursuant50%. Pursuant to whichthe agreement, Highline Technology provides management of information technology services, including budgeting, network planning and special intellectualmanagement, purchasing and contract negotiation assistance, security and risk management and other requested information technology projects and solution integration. Our subsidiary paysservices. We pay quarterly fees of $31,250, plus expenses, during the term of the agreement. The agreement which can be terminated by either party for any reason upon 30 days prior written notice to the other party any time after December 31, 2004.party. No payments were made under the agreement in 2003, and a total of approximately $111,100$143,300 has been paid in the first six months of 2004. We intend to internalize the services performed for us by Highline Technology by hiring a Chief Information Officer and expect that we will terminate the agreement with Highline Technology in accordance with its terms in such event.

 


 

6784



 

Principal and selling stockholders

 

The following table sets forth, as of ,September 22, 2004, certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

Ø each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our common stock;

 

Ø each member of our board of directors and each director nominee;

 

Ø each of our named executive officers;

 

Ø all directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

Ø the selling stockholder.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, and includes options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Each director, officer or 5% or more stockholder, as the case may be, has furnished us with information with respect to beneficial ownership. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the beneficial owners of common stock listed below, based on the information each of them has given to us, have sole investment and voting power with respect to their shares, except where community property laws may apply.

 

The following table lists applicable percentage ownership based on 12,952,627 shares of common stock outstanding as of ,September 22, 2004, which gives effect to the issuance of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock, a 1 for 2.3 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and to the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock, on a one-for-one basis, and the renaming of our Class A common stock to “common stock,” each of which will occur prior to the completion of this offering. The following table also lists applicable percentage ownership based on 16,285,960 shares of common stock outstanding after completion of this offering. Options to purchase shares of our common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of ,September 22, 2004 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the persons holding these options, and outstanding, for the purpose of computing percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing any other person’s ownership percentage. Except as noted below, this table does not take into account the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

Beneficial ownership
   

Beneficial ownership

prior to offering


     

Beneficial ownership

after offering


 
Name of beneficial owner(1)  Shares  %  Shares offered  Shares  % 

HCG Holdings LLC(2)

  11,281,243  87.1% 1,666,667  9,614,576  59.0%

Terence M. Graunke(2)

  11,281,243  87.1  1,666,667  9,614,576  59.0 

Paul G. Yovovich(2)

  11,281,243  87.1  1,666,667  9,614,576  59.0 

Gary E. Holdren(3)

  691,310  5.3  —    691,310  4.2 

George E. Massaro(4)

  81,514  *  —    81,514  * 

Daniel P. Broadhurst(5)

  45,142  *  —    45,142  * 

Suzanne S. Bettman(6)

  10,870  *  —    10,870  * 

Mary M. Sawall(7)

  33,675  *  —    33,675  * 

DuBose Ausley(8)

  4,444  *  —    4,444  * 

Deborah A. Bricker(8)

  4,444  *  —    4,444  * 

James D. Edwards(8)

  4,444  *  —    4,444  * 

John McCartney(8)(9)

  4,444  *  —    4,444  * 

All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons)(10)

  897,873  6.9% —    897,873  5.5%

(See footnotes on the following page.)


85


Principal and selling stockholders


prior to offering


Beneficial ownership

after offering


Name of beneficial ownerShares%Shares offeredShares%

HCG Holdings LLC(1)

        %        %

Gary E. Holdren(2)

George E. Massaro(3)

Daniel P. Broadhurst(4)

Suzanne S. Bettman(5)

Mary M. Sawall(6)

Deborah A. Bricker

James D. Edwards

John McCartney(7)

All directors and executive officers as a group (    persons)(8)


 * indicates less than 1% ownership.

(footnotes on following page)


68


Principal and selling stockholders


(1)The principal address of HCG Holdings LLC, Terence M. Graunke and Paul G. Yovovich is c/o Lake Capital Partners LP, 676 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 3900, Chicago, Illinois 60611. The principal address for each of the other stockholders listed below is c/o Huron Consulting Group Inc., 550 West Van Buren Street, Chicago, Illinois 60607.
(2) Lake Capital Partners LP and Lake Capital Management LLC are members of HCG Holdings LLC and collectively have investment and voting control over the shares of our common stock held by HCG Holdings LLC. Lake Capital Investment Partners LP is the sole general partner of Lake Capital Partners LP and Lake Partners LLC is the sole general partner of Lake Capital Investment Partners LP. Terence M. Graunke and Paul G. Yovovich are the sole members and managers of Lake Partners LLC as well as members of an investment committee of Lake Capital Investment Partners LP and, pursuant to the Lake Partners LLC operating agreement, each hasin such roles, these individuals have investment and voting control over, and may be deemed to be the beneficial ownerowners of, the shares ultimately controlled by that entity.Lake Capital Investment Partners LP. Mr. Graunke is also the controlling member of Lake Capital Management LLC and, pursuant to the Lake Capital Management LLC operating agreement, has investment and voting control over, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of, the shares controlled by that entity. Each of Mr. Graunke and Mr. Yovovich disclaimdisclaims beneficial ownership inof the shares of common stock owned by HCG Holdings LLC except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein.LLC.
(2)If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, HCG Holdings LLC will sell an additional 750,000 shares. Immediately following the offering and assuming the exercise of the over-allotment in full, HCG Holdings LLC will own 8,864,576 shares, or 54.4% of the total number of outstanding shares.
(3) Includes 158,700 shares of restricted common stock to be granted on the date of this prospectus. Also includes 521,740 shares held in trust for Mr. Holdren’s wife and children as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership. Does not include any shares in respect of Mr. Holdren’s ownership of 1.7% of the outstanding common interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(4)Includes 38,044 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of , 2004. Excludes             shares of restricted common stock to be granted on the date of this prospectus. Includes              shares in respect of Mr. Holdren’s equity interests in HCG Holdings LLC and              shares held in trust for his wife and children as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership.
(3)Includes              shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of                     ,September 22, 2004, including 27,174 shares issuable upon exercise of options that will vest in full in connection with the consummation of this offering pursuant to their terms. ExcludesAlso includes 32,600 shares of restricted common stock to be granted on the date of this prospectus. IncludesDoes not include any shares in respect of Mr. Massaro’s equityownership of 0.2% of the outstanding common interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(4)(5) Includes 16,305 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of ,September 22, 2004, including 16,305 shares issuable upon exercise of options that will vest in full in connection with the consummation of this offering pursuant to their terms. ExcludesAlso includes 10,900 shares of restricted common stock to be granted on the date of this prospectus. IncludesDoes not include any shares in respect of Mr. Broadhurst’s equity interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(5)Includes              shares in respectownership of Ms. Bettman’s equity0.1% of the outstanding common interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(6) Does not include any shares in respect of Ms. Bettman’s ownership of 0.04% of the outstanding common interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(7)Includes 20,925 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of ,September 22, 2004, including 14,674 shares issuable upon exercise of options that will vest in full in connection with the consummation of this offering pursuant to their terms. ExcludesAlso includes 6,500 shares of restricted common stock to be granted on the date of this prospectus. Includes
(8)On the date of this prospectus, we intend to grant to each independent director options exerciseable for 13,333 shares of our common stock, assuming a public offering price of $15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus. One-third of these options will vest on the grant date and one-third will vest on each of the next two annual meetings. The shares listed for Mr. Ausley, Ms. Bricker, Mr. Edwards and Mr. McCartney represent the shares issuable upon exercise of the one-third of these options that will vest on the grant date.
(9)Does not include any shares in respect of Ms. Sawall’s equityMr. McCartney’s ownership of 0.1% of the outstanding common interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(7)Includes              shares in respect of Mr. McCartney’s equity interests in HCG Holdings LLC.
(8)(10) Includes an aggregate of 95,384 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by members of the group that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of ,September 22, 2004, including 77,719 shares issuable upon exercise of options that will vest in full in connection with the consummation of this offering pursuant to their terms. ExcludesAlso includes 228,300 shares of restricted common stock to be granted on the date of this prospectus. Does not include any shares in respect of the 2.0% of the outstanding common interests in HCG Holdings LLC collectively held by members of the group.

HCG Holdings LLC represents that it has purchased the shares being registered for resale in the ordinary course of business, and that at the time of purchase of the shares, it did not have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares.

 


 

6986



 

Description of capital stock

 

The following is a description of the material terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as each is anticipated to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, and of certain provisions of Delaware law. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

 

As of September 17, 2004, there were 11,285,756 shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding and held of record by six holders and 897,171 shares of our Class B common stock issued and outstanding and held of record by 66 holders, after giving effect to a 1 for 2.3 reverse stock split of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will occur prior to the consummation of this offering. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical in all respects, except that the Class B common stock does not have any voting rights. Pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, each share of our Class B common stock will automatically convert into one share of our Class A common stock and the Class B common stock will cease to exist as a separate class of stock and our Class A common stock will be renamed “common stock.”

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

 

Ø 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share;

 

Ø 12,500 shares of 8% preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; and

 

Ø 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, there will bewe expect to have 16,285,960 shares of our common stock and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.outstanding, including 769,700 shares of restricted common stock that we intend to grant to our executive officers and certain of our employees on the date of this prospectus. We intend to use approximately $$15.1 million of our net proceeds from this offering to optionally redeem all of our outstanding 8% preferred stock upon consummation of this offering, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of proceeds,” and upon full redemption, the 8% preferred stock will cease to exist as a separate class of capital stock. We have no shares of our preferred stock issued and outstanding, nor will any shares of our preferred stock be issued and outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

 

COMMON STOCK

 

Voting

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

 

Dividends

Subject to the rights and preferences of the holders of any shares of our 8% preferred stock or any series of preferred stock which may at the time be outstanding, holders of our common stock are entitled to such dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available.

 

Liquidation rights

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, after payment of all of our debts and liabilities and subject to the rights and preferences of the holders of any outstanding shares of our


87


Description of capital stock


8% preferred stock or any series of our preferred stock, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive the distribution of any of our remaining assets.

 

Other matters

Holders of our common stock have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption rights or sinking fund provisions with respect to the common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering when issued and paid for will be, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

8% PREFERRED STOCK

We intend to use approximately $$15.1 million of our net proceeds from this offering to optionally redeem all of our outstanding 8% preferred stock, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of proceeds.”

 


70


Description of capital stock


Dividends

The 8% preferred stock accrues dividends on a daily basis at the rate of 8% per annum, compounded annually, on its stated value per share, from and including the earlier of the date of the contribution with respect to which such share was issued and the date of issuance of the share until the earlier of our liquidation, dissolution or the winding-up of our affairs or the redemption or conversion of the share in accordance with its terms. The 8% preferred stock has a stated value of $1,000 per share, subject to adjustment. Each share of 8% preferred stock is also entitled to receive any dividends paid on shares of our common stock as if each share of 8% preferred stock were equal to the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing (a) the stated value of the share of 8% preferred stock by (b) the market price of a share of common stock. Under our certificate of incorporation, the market price of a share of common stock is determined based upon the trading pricing of our common stock or, in the event our common stock is not listed for trading, as reasonable determined by our board.

 

At any time shares of 8% preferred stock are issued and outstanding, we will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends on or making any distribution in respect of our common stock or any other capital stock ranking junior to the 8% preferred stock as to dividends or other distributions unless prior to or concurrently with such declaration, payment or distribution all accumulated and unpaid dividends on the 8% preferred stock shall have been fully paid or declared with funds irrevocably set apart for payment. HCG Holdings LLC has waived this condition in connection with the special dividend we declared by us on May 12, 2004 and paid on June 29, 2004. See “Dividend Policy”.policy.”

 

Liquidation preference

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, each holder of our 8% preferred stock will be entitled to receive, out of our assets available for distribution to stockholders, a liquidation preference in an amount of cash equal to the then current stated value of the shares of 8% preferred stock held plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. After the payment of the liquidation preference in full, our remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed first to the holders of any securities that rank senior to our common stock as to liquidation and then ratably, on a share for share basis, to the holders of common stock and the holders of 8% preferred stock and any other holders of securities ranking on a parity with shares of our common stock as to liquidation. The liquidation preference and the pro rata portion of the 8% preferred stock’s liquidation participation amount are collectively referred to as the liquidation amount.

 

Redemption at our option

We may, at any time, redeem all or any portion of any outstanding shares of 8% preferred stock. If we elect to optionally redeem shares of 8% preferred stock, we will pay a price per share of 8% preferred


88


Description of capital stock


stock equal to the liquidation amount, calculated as if we were to be liquidated as of the date of the redemption. Any optional redemptions by us will be made to each holder of outstanding shares of 8% preferred stock pro rata based on the aggregate liquidation amount of the 8% preferred stock held by each holder.

 

PREFERRED STOCK

 

We are authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board, without any further stockholder action or approval, to issue these shares in one or more classes or series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each class or series and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued class or series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 


71


Description of capital stock


ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF VARIOUS PROVISIONS OF OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND OUR BYLAWS AND DELAWARE LAW

 

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation bylaws and Delaware law,bylaws, which are summarized below, may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in such stockholder’s best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

 

Classified board of directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides for a board of directors divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with one class to be elected each year to serve for a three-year term. The provision for a classified board will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board.

 

Number of directors; removal for cause; filling vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide that our board of directors will consist of not less than five nor more than fifteen members, the exact number of directorswhich will be fixed from time to time by an affirmative resolution of our board. Upon the closing of this offering, the size of our board will be fixed at seven directors.

 

Under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provideprovides that directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares thenof our capital stock entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class.directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that any vacancies or newly created directorships on our board willmay be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directorsboard then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the board may be filled by a majority of the board then in office, even if less than a quorum, of the board of directors remains.or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence will hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred or the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the board of directors shall shortenhave the effect of removing or shortening the term of any incumbent director.

 

The director removal and vacancy provisions will make it more difficult for a stockholder to remove incumbent directors and simultaneously gain control of the board by filling vacancies created by such removal with its own nominees.


89


Description of capital stock


 

Special meetings of stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws deny stockholders the right to call a special meeting of stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of our entire board of directors, or the chairman of our board.board or our President.

 

Stockholder action by written consent

Our certificate of incorporation requires all stockholder actions to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and does not permitdenies the ability of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

 

Stockholder proposals

At an annual meeting of stockholders, only business that is properly brought before the meeting will be conducted or considered. To be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, business must be specified in the notice of the meeting (or any supplement to that notice), brought before the


72


Description of capital stock


meeting by or at the direction of the board (or any duly authorized committee of the board) or properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must:

 

Ø be a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice for the meeting;

 

Ø be entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

Ø have given timely written notice of the business in proper written form to our secretary.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the last annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 2530 days before or after the anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first given to stockholders.occurs.

 

ATo be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

 

Ø a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting the business at the annual meeting;

 

Ø the name and address, as they appear on our books, of the stockholder proposing such business;

 

Ø the class or series and number of our shares which are owned beneficially or of record by the stockholder proposing the business;

 

Ø a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in the business; and

 

Ø a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of our stock entitled to vote at the meeting and that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring the business before the meeting.

 

Similarly, at a special meeting of stockholders, only such business as is properly brought before the meeting will be conducted or considered. To be properly brought before a special meeting, business must


90


Description of capital stock


be specified in the notice of the meeting (or any supplement to that notice) given by or at the direction of a majority of the entire board of directors, or the chairman of our board.board or our President.

 

Nomination of candidates for election to our board

Under our bylaws, only persons that are properly nominated will be eligible for election to be members of our board. To be properly nominated, a director candidate must be nominated at an annual meeting of the stockholders or any special meeting called for the purpose of electing directors by or at the direction of our board (or any duly authorized committee of the board) or properly nominated by a stockholder. To properly nominate a director, a stockholder must:

 

Ø be a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice for the meeting;

 

Ø be entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

Ø have given timely written notice in proper written form to our secretary.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices:

 

Ø in the case of an annual meeting, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the last annual meeting of our stockholders; provided, however, that in the event


73


Description of capital stock


that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 2530 days before or after the anniversary date of the last annual meeting, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first given to stockholders;occurs; and

 

Ø in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which notice of the date of such meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first given to stockholders.occurs.

 

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected and must set forth:

 

Ø as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director:

 

–  the name, age, business address and residence address of the person;

 

–  the principal occupation or employment of the person;

 

–  the class or series and number of shares of our capital stock that are owned beneficially or of record by the person; and

 

–  any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

 

Ø as to the stockholder giving the notice:

 

–  the name and record address of such stockholder;

 

–  the class or series and number of shares of our capital stock that are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder;

 


91


Description of capital stock


–  a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder;

 

–  a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of our stock entitled to vote at the meeting and that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and

 

–  any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Amendment of certificate of incorporation and bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote is required to amend or repeal a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation generally requires the approval of not less thanthe holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote voting together as a single class,in connection with the election of directors to amend any provisions of our certificate of incorporation described in this section. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in connection with the election of directors voting together as a single class, have the power to amend or repeal our bylaws. In addition, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors the authority to


74


Description of capital stock


amend and repeal our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation.

 

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL. The DGCL expressly permits a corporation to provide that its directors will not be liable for monetary damages for a breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

 

Ø for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

Ø for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

Ø under Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends); or

 

Ø for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

These limitations of liability do not generally affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also authorize us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL and we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

 

As permitted by the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that:

 

Ø we must indemnify our directorsboard members and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions; and


92


Description of capital stock


 

Ø we may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of our current or former directors,board members, officers, employees or agents against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in any such capacity, or arising out of their status as such.

 

We may enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directorsboard members and officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directorsboard members and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors,board members and officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements may also require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directorsboard members and officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified and to obtain directors’ and officers’ insurance if available on reasonable terms.

 

The limited liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and in any indemnification agreements we enter into may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directorsboard members for breach of their fiduciary duties and may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directorsboard members and officers, even though a derivative action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment in us may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement or damage awards against our directors and officers under these indemnification provisions.

 

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification by us is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

 


75


Description of capital stock


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is .LaSalle Bank National Association.

 

LISTING

 

We intend to applyhave applied for the quotation of our common stock on the NasdaqNASDAQ National Market under the symbol “HURN.”

 


 

7693



 

Shares eligible for future sale

 

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our common stock, and a significant public market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained after this offering. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. However, sales of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we willexpect to have an aggregate of16,285,960 outstanding shares of common stock, excludingincluding the 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to be granted to certain of our executive officers and employees on the date of this prospectus.prospectus, which vest over a four-year period. As of ,September 17, 2004, we had outstanding stock options held by executive officers, employees, third-party consultants and directorsboard members for the purchase of an aggregate of 1,670,041 shares of common stock.

 

The 5,000,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering (or 5,750,000 shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are purchased by affiliates of our company, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act, or sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 thereunder.

 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

 

We, each member of our board, each of our director nominees, each of our executive officers and managing directors and the selling stockholder have signed lock-up agreements under which they will agree not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hedge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The 180-day lock-up period may be extended under certain circumstances where we announce or pre-announce earnings or material news or a material event occurs within approximately 18 days before, or approximately 16 days after, the termination of the 180-day period. In certain circumstances, however, the lock-up period will not be extended if we are actively traded, meaning that we have a public float of at least $150.0 million and average trading volume of at least $1.0 million per day. UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., in their sole discretion, may release some or all of these shares before the 180-day lockup period ends.

 

Following the expiration of the lock-up period, 11,182,442 shares of common stock subject to these agreements, including shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, will be available for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to the vesting of restricted common stock during the lock-up period and to the volume and other restrictions of compliance with Rule 144, Rule 144(k) or Rule 701.

 

ELIGIBILITY OF RESTRICTED SHARES FOR SALE IN THE PUBLIC MARKET

 

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, a person or persons whose shares are aggregated who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any holder who is not an affiliate, and who files a Form 144 with respect to this sale, is entitled to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of:

 

Ø 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, or approximately 162,860 shares immediately after this offering; or


77


Shares eligible for future sale


Ø the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of which notice of the sale is filed on Form 144.


94


Shares eligible for future sale


 

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to restrictions relating to manner of sale and the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 144(k)

A person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned his or her shares for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner who is not an affiliate, is entitled to sell these shares of common stock pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information or notice requirements of Rule 144. Affiliates must always sell pursuant to Rule 144, even after the applicable holding periods have been satisfied.

 

Rule 701

Rule 701 may be relied upon with respect to the resale of securities originally purchased from us by our employees, directors,board members, officers, third-party consultants or advisers prior to the closing of this offering and pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or written contracts relating to the compensation of these persons. In addition, the SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to stock options granted by us before this offering, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of these options. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are deemed to be restricted shares and, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirements. As of March 31,September 17, 2004, 379,936 of our outstanding shares of common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercise of stock options.

 

EQUITY COMPENSATION

 

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering approximatelythe 2,141,000 shares of common stockthat will be reserved for issuance under our Omnibus Stock Plan as well as the shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options outstanding under our three existing equity incentive plans.plans, which as of September 17, 2004 was 1,670,041. This Form S-8 registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the Form S-8 will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under this registration statement will, subject to Rule 144 provisions applicable to affiliates, be available for sale in the open market, unless these shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or are otherwise subject to the contractual restrictions described above. As soon as practicable following the filing of the Form S-8 registration statement relating to our Omnibus Plan, we intend to grant 769,700 shares of restricted common stock to certain of our executive officers and employees, options exercisable for 75,800 shares of our common stock, with a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price, to one of our executive officers and certain of our employees and options exercisable for 13,333 shares of our common stock, with a per share exercise price equal to the public offering price and assuming a public offering price of $$15.00 per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, to each of our four independent directors.

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Pursuant to a restricted shares award agreement, Mr. Holdren has been granted certain piggyback registration rights with respect to the 391,305 shares of our common stock that he purchased under the agreement. For further information regarding these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management—Holdren senior management agreement.”

 

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we and our parent, HCG Holdings LLC, will enter into an agreement pursuant to which we will provide HCG Holdings LLC certain demand, piggyback and shelf registration rights with respect to the 9,614,576 shares of our common stock ((8,864,576 shares if the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full) held by it immediately following the consummation of this offering.

 


 

7895



 

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of our common stock

 

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a “Non-U.S. Holder.” For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our stock who is treated for the relevant U.S. federal tax purposes as a non-resident alien individual, or a foreign partnership, foreign corporation, foreign estate, or foreign trust. Because U.S. federal tax law uses different tests in determining whether an individual is a non-resident alien for income and estate tax purposes, some individuals may be “Non-U.S. Holders” for purposes of the U.S. federal income tax discussion below, but not for purposes of the U.S. federal estate tax discussion, andvice versa.

 

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), judicial decisions, and administrative regulations and interpretations in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion assumes that a Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a capital asset as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, including, without limitation, Non-U.S. Holders that are controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, pass-through entities, or U.S. expatriates; Non-U.S. Holders that hold their common stock through pass-through entities; Non-U.S. Holders that acquire their common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation; and Non-U.S. Holders who own, directly, indirectly or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock. This discussion also does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any U.S. state or local, or non-U.S., jurisdiction.

 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock in light of your particular situation, as well as any consequences under state, local or non-U.S. law.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Distributions on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, you must provide us with appropriate documentation (typically, a properly-executed IRS Form W-8BEN certifying your entitlement to benefits under the treaty). You will not be required to furnish a U.S. taxpayer identification number in order to claim treaty benefits with respect to our dividends if our common stock is traded on an “established financial market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Treasury Regulations provide special rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of an income tax treaty, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity should be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity.

 

We generally will not be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from dividends that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, so long as you provide us with appropriate documentation (typically, a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so effectively connected). Instead, such dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis, generally in the same manner as if you were a resident of the United States. If you

 


 

7996


Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of our common stock


 

are a foreign corporation, your effectively-connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed under certain circumstances at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty), subject to certain adjustments and exceptions.

 

GAIN ON SALE OR DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK

 

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to any gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock. However, you will be taxed on such gain if (i)(1) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business that you conduct in the United States (in the event that certain tax treaty provisions apply, the gain must also be attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States (or, in the case of an individual, a fixed place of business) in order to be subject to tax), (ii)(2) you are a non-resident alien individual, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (iii)(3) our stock is treated as a United States real property interest in your hands, within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code.

 

Subject to the exception noted below, our stock will generally be treated as a U.S. real property interest if we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c) at any time that you held the stock within five years before the sale or disposition. We believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. Moreover, even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, so long as our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, our common stock will not be treated as a U.S. real property interest in the hands of a Non-U.S. Holder who has owned no more than 5% of the common stock (assuming for this purpose that any options or shares of convertible preferred stock that you own have been exercised or converted and applying certain constructive ownership rules to determine your ownership) during the five years preceding a sale or disposition. If we are treated as a U.S. real property holding corporation and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, 10% of the amount realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a sale or disposition of our common stock must be withheld by the purchaser and remitted to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. The amount withheld may be applied to the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability or, if in excess thereof, refunded provided that the required information is timely furnished to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

 

Generally, we must report to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service the amount of dividends we pay to you, your name and address, and the amount of any tax withheld. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to tax treaties or other information-sharing agreements, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service may make its reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

 

We generally will not be required to apply backup withholding to dividends that we pay to you if you have provided an appropriate certification of your U.S. federal taxpayer identification number, or of the fact that you are not a U.S. person, unless we or our paying agent otherwise have actual knowledge that you are a U.S. person. Generally, you will provide such certification on an IRS Form W-8BEN.

 

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, information reporting and backup withholding imposed at a rate of 28% (increasing to 31% in 2011) will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker unless the disposing holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds where the transaction is effected outside

 


 

8097


Material U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of our common stock


 

the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. U.S. federal information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) generally will also apply to a payment of disposition proceeds by foreign offices of U.S. brokers or foreign brokers with certain types of relationships to the United States unless the Non-U.S. Holder establishes an exemption.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of tax withheld will be treated as a payment against your actual U.S. federal income tax liability (if any), and if the withholding results in an overpayment of tax, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding to them, including the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding.

 

FEDERAL ESTATE TAX

 

An individual Non-U.S. Holder who at the time of his death is treated as the owner of an interest in our common stock will be required to include the value thereof in his gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise. Legislation enacted in the spring of 2001 provides for reductions in the U.S. federal estate tax through 2009 and the elimination of the estate tax entirely in 2010. Under this legislation, the U.S. federal estate tax would be fully reinstated, as in effect prior to the reductions, in 2011. On June 18, 2003, the U.S. House of Representatives passed a bill that would permanently extend the estate tax repeal after it expires in 2010 under the 2001 legislation. No assurance can be given that the bill passed by the U.S. House of Representatives will be in enacted in its present form or at all.

 


 

8198



 

Underwriting

 

We and the selling stockholder are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers and together with William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are the representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholder have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriters  Number of shares

UBS Securities LLC

   

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

   

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

   
    
    
    
    
    
   
Total  5,000,000
   

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

Our common stock and the common stock of the selling stockholder is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

Ø receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

 

Ø the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters intend to make a market in our common stock, but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

 

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

 

OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

 

The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters an option to buy up to 750,000 additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

 

COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS

 

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a


99


Underwriting


discount of up to $             per share from the public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the public


82


Underwriting


offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein, and, as a result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms. The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect discretionary sales to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock to be offered.

 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares.

 

   Paid by us

  Paid by selling stockholder

  Total

   No exercise  Full exercise  No exercise  Full exercise  No exercise  Full exercise

Per Share

  $                  $                  $                  $                  $                  $                

Total

  $   $   $   $   $   $ 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .$3.7 million. This amount includes expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, incurred by the selling stockholder in connection with this offering, which we have agreed to pay.

 

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

 

We, each member of our board, each of our director nominees, each of our executive officers and managing directors and the selling stockholder have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., subject to certain permitted exceptions specified in the agreements, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, hedge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The 180-day lock-up period may be extended under certain circumstances where we announce or pre-announce earnings or material news or a material event occurs within approximately 18 days before, or approximately 16 days after, the termination of the 180-day period. In certain circumstances, however, the lock-up period will not be extended if we are actively traded, meaning that we have a public float of at least $150.0 million and average trading volume of at least $1.0 million per day. At any time and without public notice, UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. may, in their sole discretion, release all or some of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

 

We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities. We and the selling stockholder have also agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments which may be required in respect thereof.

 

We intend to applyhave applied for the quotation of our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “HURN.”


100


Underwriting


 

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock including:

 

Ø stabilizing transactions;

 

Ø short sales;


83


Underwriting


 

Ø purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

Ø imposition of penalty bids; and

 

Ø syndicate covering transactions.

 

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount.

 

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

 

Naked short sales are in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

 

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation by us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

Ø the information set forth in this prospectus;

 

Ø our history and prospects, and the history and prospects of the industry in which we compete;

 

Ø our past and present financial performance and an assessment of our management;

 


101


Underwriting


Ø our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

Ø the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

Ø the recent market prices of, and demand for, public traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

Ø other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.


84


Underwriting


 

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM

 

At our request, certain of the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale toour board members, officers,employees, strategic partners and otherindividuals associated with us and members of their families at the initial offering price. The sales will be made by an affiliate of UBS Securities LLC through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. These persons must commit to purchase no later than the open of business on the day following the date of this prospectus. Certain personsIn addition, any person allocated more than $100,000 worth of shares under the directed share program must agree, as a condition to purchasing such reservedthe shares, will be prohibited from disposingto enter into a lock-up agreement with the same terms as the agreements described above that we, each member of or hedging such shares for a periodour board, each of at least 180 days afterour director nominees, each of our executive officers and managing directors and the date of this prospectus.selling stockholder have entered into.

 

AFFILIATIONS

 

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, provide certain commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services for us for which they will receive customary fees.

 

SELLING RESTRICTIONS

Each underwriter, severally and not jointly, represents and agrees that:

Øit has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the closing date, will not offer or sell any shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995;

Øit has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

Øit has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The securities may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from The Netherlands, as part of their initial distribution or as part of any re-offering, and neither this prospectus nor any other document in respect of the offering may be distributed or circulated in The Netherlands, other than to individuals or legal entities which include, but are not limited to, banks, brokers, dealers, institutional investors and undertakings with a treasury department, who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession.


 

85102



 

Legal matters

 

The validity of the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us and the selling stockholder by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Chicago, Illinois, and for the underwriters by Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman, Chicago, Illinois. An investment partnership consisting of current and former partners of, and persons associated with, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP beneficially owns less than 1% of our common stock through an investment in Lake Capital Partners LP, a member of HCG Holdings LLC, which is the selling stockholder in this offering. From time to time, Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman acts as our counsel on various matters unrelated to this offering.

 

Experts

 

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent accountants,registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

Where you can find additional information

 

We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the Public Reference Room the SEC maintains at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at a website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above or inspect them without charge at the SEC’s website.

 


 

86103



 

Index to financial statements   

Report of Independent AuditorsRegistered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31,June 30, 2004 (unaudited)

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002, for the year ended December 31, 2003 and for the threesix months ended March 31,
June 30, 2003 (unaudited) and March 31,June 30, 2004 (unaudited)

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002, for the year ended December 31, 2003 and for the threesix months ended March 31,
June 30, 2004 (unaudited)

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002, for the year ended December 31, 2003 and for the threesix months ended March 31,
June 30, 2003 (unaudited) and March 31,June 30, 2004 (unaudited)

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

 


 

F-1



 

Report of Independent AuditorsRegistered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Huron Consulting Group Inc.:

 

The reverse stock split and increase in authorized shares of Class A Common Stock and Preferred Stock described in Note 14 to the financial statements have not been consummated at September 24, 2004. When they have been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Huron Consulting Group Inc. and its subsidiary at December 31, 2002 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; ourmanagement. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditingthe standards generally accepted inof the United States of America, whichPublic Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Chicago, Illinois

March 25, 2004

 


 

F-2


Huron Consulting Group Inc.


 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  December 31,

 

March 31,

2004

  

Pro Forma

March 31,
2004

(note 2)

 
  2002 2003   December 31,

 

June 30,

2004

  

Pro Forma

June 30,
2004

(note 2)

 


   2002 2003 
      (unaudited)       (unaudited) 
Assets      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

  $4,448,806  $4,251,097  $70,236  $70,236   $4,448,806  $4,251,097  $943,054  

Receivables from clients

   6,440,626   16,151,667   16,500,611   16,500,611    6,440,626   16,151,667   23,787,921  

Unbilled services

   6,505,714   8,704,057   17,575,104   17,575,104    6,505,714   8,704,057   13,306,668  

Provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

   (381,753)  (1,791,720)  (2,570,706)  (2,570,706)

Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

   (381,753)  (1,791,720)  (2,911,401) 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 

Net receivables from clients and unbilled services

   12,564,587   23,064,004   31,505,009   31,505,009    12,564,587   23,064,004   34,183,188  

Income tax receivable

      2,286,015   485,011   485,011       2,286,015     

Deferred income taxes

   283,754   1,945,932   2,303,630   2,303,630    283,754   1,945,932   2,407,769  

Other current assets

 �� 387,542   836,868   1,226,022   1,226,022    387,542   836,868   1,890,340  
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 

Total current assets

   17,684,689   32,383,916   35,589,908   35,589,908    17,684,689   32,383,916   39,424,351  

Property and equipment, net

   1,898,954   4,498,251   4,427,513   4,427,513    1,898,954   4,498,251   6,458,123  

Other assets:

      

Deferred income taxes

   2,426,570   2,332,543   2,158,650   2,158,650    2,426,570   2,332,543   2,511,788  

Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $2,635,172, $6,384,415 and $0, at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004 (unaudited), respectively

   3,689,243          

Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $2,635,172, $6,384,415 and $0, at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and June 30, 2004 (unaudited), respectively

   3,689,243        

Deposits

   883,203   674,000   366,000   366,000    883,203   674,000   537,561  
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 

Total other assets

   6,999,016   3,006,543   2,524,650   2,524,650    6,999,016   3,006,543   3,049,349  
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 

Total assets

  $26,582,659  $39,888,710  $42,542,071  $42,542,071   $26,582,659  $39,888,710  $48,931,823  
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 
Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

  $221,759  $1,396,265  $1,249,585  $1,249,585   $221,759  $1,396,265  $1,939,799  

Accrued expenses

   1,334,796   3,821,527   3,196,147   3,196,147    1,334,796   3,821,527   2,309,274  

Accrued payroll and related benefits

   4,625,401   13,914,391   12,388,137   12,388,137    4,625,401   13,914,391   14,589,379  

Borrowings under line of credit

         1,500,000   1,500,000 

Deferred revenue

   1,379,741   2,272,886   3,983,380   3,983,380    1,379,741   2,272,886   2,596,441  

Income taxes payable

         747,966  

Interest payable to HCG Holdings LLC

   342,741   819,624   199,418   199,418    342,741   819,624   403,031  
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 

Total current liabilities

   7,904,438   22,224,693   22,516,667   22,516,667    7,904,438   22,224,693   22,585,890  

Non-current liabilities:

   

Accrued expenses

         707,350  

Deferred lease incentives

         962,997  
  


 


 


 

Total non-current liabilities

         1,670,347  

Commitments and contingencies

      

Notes payable to HCG Holdings LLC

   10,075,764   10,075,764   10,075,764   10,075,764    10,075,764   10,075,764   10,075,764  

8% preferred stock, $1,000 per share stated value plus accrued 8% annual cumulative dividends; 106,840 shares authorized; 12,500 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004 (unaudited)

   13,145,735   14,212,000   14,485,281   14,485,281 

8% preferred stock, $1,000 per share stated value plus accrued 8% annual cumulative dividends; 106,840 shares authorized; 12,500 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and June 30, 2004 (unaudited)

   13,145,735   14,212,000   14,770,398  

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Class A common stock; $0.01 par value; 31,025,715 shares authorized; 25,946,858 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004 (unaudited), respectively

   259,469   259,469   259,469    

Class B common stock; $0.01 par value; 4,578,857 shares authorized; 1,200,000, 1,569,375 and 1,601,875 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004 (unaudited), respectively

   12,000   15,694   16,019    

Common stock; $0.01 par value 27,548,733 shares outstanding at March 31, 2004 (pro forma – unaudited)

            275,488 

Class A common stock*; $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 11,281,243, 11,281,243 and 11,285,592 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and June 30, 2004 (unaudited), respectively; 12,176,619 shares issued and outstanding pro forma

   259,469   259,469   112,856  $121,766 

Class B common stock*; $0.01 par value; 6,486,715 shares authorized; 521,740, 682,348 and 891,027 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and June 30, 2004 (unaudited), respectively; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma

   12,000   15,694   8,910    

Additional paid-in capital

      41,519   55,603   55,603       41,519   1,223,927   1,223,927 

Stock subscription receivable

   (3,000)            (3,000)         

Retained deficit

   (4,811,747)  (6,940,429)  (4,866,732)  (4,866,732)   (4,811,747)  (6,940,429)  (1,516,269)  (1,516,269)
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Total stockholders’ deficit

   (4,543,278)  (6,623,747)  (4,535,641)  (4,535,641)   (4,543,278)  (6,623,747)  (170,576) $(170,576)
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

  $26,582,659  $39,888,710  $42,542,071  $42,542,071   $26,582,659  $39,888,710  $48,931,823  
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 
*Adjusted to reflect a 1 for 2.3 reverse stock split that the Company intends to effect immediately prior to the consummation of the Company’s proposed initial public offering.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 


 

F-3


Huron Consulting Group Inc.


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

  Period from
March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,
2002
  Year ended
December 31,
2003
  

Three months ended

March 31,


   2003  2004  Period from
March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,
2002
  Year ended
December 31,
2003
  

Six months ended

June 30,


 


   2003  2004 
      

(unaudited)

      

(unaudited)

 

Revenues and reimbursable expenses:

            

Revenues

  $35,100,712  $101,485,674  $23,211,757  $40,101,455  $35,100,712  $101,485,674  $46,923,345  $81,603,683 

Reimbursable expenses

   2,921,301   8,808,455   2,069,406   3,442,776   2,921,301   8,808,455   3,906,477   7,090,384 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

   38,022,013   110,294,129   25,281,163   43,544,231   38,022,013   110,294,129   50,829,822   88,694,067 

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses:

            

Direct costs

   26,054,642   69,400,274   13,580,371   24,868,410   26,054,642   69,400,274   29,319,485   47,591,392 

Reimbursable expenses

   2,921,301   8,929,129   2,069,406   3,522,763   2,921,301   8,929,129   3,917,197   7,064,811 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Total direct costs and reimbursable expenses

   28,975,943   78,329,403   15,649,777   28,391,173   28,975,943   78,329,403   33,236,682   54,656,203 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Gross profit

   9,046,070   31,964,726   9,631,386   15,153,058   9,046,070   31,964,726   17,593,140   34,037,864 

Operating expenses:

            

Selling, general and administrative

   8,812,781   25,184,911   4,826,369   8,158,092   8,812,781   25,184,911   11,093,507   17,839,665 

Depreciation and amortization

   3,047,914   5,328,484   1,289,964   603,053   3,047,914   5,328,484   2,657,997   1,074,842 

Loss on lease abandonment

      1,668,000            1,668,000   —     —   

Restructuring charge

            2,138,827         —     2,138,827 

Management and advisory fees paid to related parties

   2,750,000            2,750,000      —     —   

Organization costs

   965,489            965,489      —     —   
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Total operating expenses

   15,576,184   32,181,395   6,116,333   10,899,972   15,576,184   32,181,395   13,751,504   21,053,334 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Operating (loss) income

   (6,530,114)  (216,669)  3,515,053   4,253,086   (6,530,114)  (216,669)  3,841,636   12,984,530 

Other expense:

            

Interest expense

   331,784   856,252   198,414   245,269   331,784   856,252   418,570   516,015 

Other

   1,113   111,513   428      1,113   111,513   111,513   (724)
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Total other expense

   332,897   967,765   198,842   245,269   332,897   967,765   530,083   515,291 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Net (loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

   (6,863,011)  (1,184,434)  3,316,211   4,007,817   (6,863,011)  (1,184,434)  3,311,553   12,469,239 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

   (2,696,999)  (122,017)  1,374,970   1,660,839   (2,696,999)  (122,017)  1,451,382   5,236,680 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Net (loss) income

   (4,166,012)  (1,062,417)  1,941,241   2,346,978   (4,166,012)  (1,062,417)  1,860,171   7,232,559 

Accrued dividends on 8% preferred stock

   645,735   1,066,265   253,031   273,281   645,735   1,066,265   515,642   558,399 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $(4,811,747) $(2,128,682) $1,688,210  $2,073,697  $(4,811,747) $(2,128,682) $1,344,529  $6,674,160 
  


 


 

  

  


 


 

  


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

      

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:*

      

Basic

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.50 

Diluted

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.47 

Weighted average shares used in calculating net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

      

Weighted average shares used in calculating net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:*

      

Basic

   27,146,858   27,303,203   27,146,858   27,540,425   11,802,982   11,870,958   11,805,752   12,011,324 

Diluted

   27,146,858   27,303,203   27,146,858   29,318,637   11,802,982   11,870,958   12,356,826   13,005,228 

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share: (Note 2)

      

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:* (Note 2)

      

Basic

   $     $    $(0.04)   $0.50 

Diluted

   $     $    $(0.04)   $0.47 

*Adjusted to reflect a 1 for 2.3 reverse stock split that the Company intends to effect immediately prior to the consummation of the Company’s proposed initial public offering.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 


 

F-4


Huron Consulting Group Inc.


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

Class A

common stock


 

Class B

common stock


 Stock
subscription
receivable
  Additional
paid-in
capital
 Retained
deficit
  Stockholders’
deficit
 
 Shares Amount Shares Amount  

Class A

common stock


 

Class B

common stock


 Stock
subscription
receivable
  Additional
paid-in
capital
 Retained
deficit
  Stockholders’
deficit
 


  Shares* Amount Shares* Amount 

Balance at March 19, 2002 (inception)

  $  $ $  $ $  $   $   $  $  $ $  $ 

Issuance of Class A common stock

 25,946,858  259,469             259,469  11,281,243  259,469               259,469 

Issuance of Class B common stock

    1,200,000  12,000          12,000      521,740  12,000           12,000 

Stock subscription receivable

        (3,000)       (3,000)          (3,000)       (3,000)

Accrued dividends on 8% preferred stock

             (645,735)  (645,735)               (645,735)  (645,735)

Net loss

             (4,166,012)  (4,166,012)               (4,166,012)  (4,166,012)
 
 

 
 

 


 

 


 


 
 


 
 


 


 

 


 


Balance at December 31, 2002

 25,946,858  259,469 1,200,000  12,000  (3,000)    (4,811,747)  (4,543,278) 11,281,243  259,469  521,740  12,000   (3,000)    (4,811,747)  (4,543,278)

Exercise of stock options

    369,375  3,694          3,694      160,608  3,694           3,694 

Stock option compensation

           41,519     41,519              41,519     41,519 

Stock subscription receivable

        3,000        3,000           3,000        3,000 

Accrued dividends on 8% preferred stock

             (1,066,265)  (1,066,265)               (1,066,265)  (1,066,265)

Net loss

             (1,062,417)  (1,062,417)               (1,062,417)  (1,062,417)
 
 

 
 

 


 

 


 


 
 


 
 


 


 

 


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

 25,946,858  259,469 1,569,375  15,694     41,519  (6,940,429)  (6,623,747) 11,281,243  259,469  682,348  15,694      41,519  (6,940,429)  (6,623,747)

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    32,500  325          325  4,349  43  208,679  2,087      36,945     39,075 

Stock option compensation (unaudited)

           14,084     14,084              245,897     245,897 

Income tax benefit on stock options exercised (unaudited)

             744,039     744,039 

Accrued dividends on 8% preferred stock (unaudited)

             (273,281)  (273,281)               (558,399)  (558,399)

1 for 2.3 reverse stock split

   (146,656)   (8,871)     155,527      

Net income (unaudited)

             2,346,978   2,346,978                7,232,559   7,232,559 

Dividends paid (unaudited)

               (1,250,000)  (1,250,000)
 
 

 
 

 


 

 


 


 
 


 
 


 


 

 


 


Balance at March 31, 2004 (unaudited)

 25,946,858 $259,469 1,601,875 $16,019 $  $55,603 $(4,866,732) $(4,535,641)

Balance at June 30, 2004 (unaudited)

 11,285,592 $112,856  891,027 $8,910  $  $1,223,927 $(1,516,269) $(170,576)
 
 

 
 

 


 

 


 


 
 


 
 


 


 

 


 


*Adjusted to reflect a 1 for 2.3 reverse stock split that the Company intends to effect immediately prior to the consummation of the Company’s proposed initial public offering.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 


 

F-5


Huron Consulting Group Inc.


 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 Period from
March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,
2002
  Year ended
December 31,
2003
  

Three months ended

March 31,


 
 2003 2004  Period from
March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,
2002
  Year ended
December 31,
2003
  

Six months ended

June 30,


 


  2003 2004 
     (unaudited)      (unaudited) 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Net (loss) income

 $(4,166,012) $(1,062,417) $1,941,241  $2,346,978  $(4,166,012) $(1,062,417) $1,860,171  $7,232,559 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  

Depreciation and amortization

  3,047,914   5,328,484   1,289,964   603,053   3,047,914   5,328,484   2,657,997   1,074,842 

Loss on long-term deposits

     111,085            111,085   111,085    

Deferred income taxes

  (2,710,324)  (1,568,151)  (38,451)  (183,805)  (2,710,324)  (1,568,151)  (211,306)  (641,082)

Compensation expense related to stock option issuance

     41,519      14,084      41,519      245,897 

Provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

  381,753   1,409,967   177,304   778,986 

Tax benefit from stock options exercised

           744,039 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

  381,753   1,409,967   209,647   1,119,681 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Increase in receivables from clients

  (6,440,626)  (9,711,041)  (2,371,734)  (348,944)  (6,440,626)  (9,711,041)  (3,695,428)  (7,636,254)

Increase in unbilled services

  (6,505,714)  (2,198,343)  (4,623,727)  (8,871,047)  (6,505,714)  (2,198,343)  (4,570,616)  (4,602,611)

(Increase) decrease in income tax receivable

     (2,286,015)     1,801,004      (2,286,015)  (2,026,561)  2,286,015 

Increase in other current assets

  (387,542)  (449,326)  (145,403)  (389,154)  (387,542)  (449,326)  (677,545)  (1,053,472)

(Increase) decrease in deposits

  (883,203)  98,118   32   308,000   (883,203)  98,118   111,118   136,439 

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  1,556,555   3,661,237   867,833   (772,060)

Increase (decrease) in accrued payroll and related benefits

  4,625,401   9,288,990   1,008,578   (1,526,254)

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  1,556,555   3,661,237   657,134   701,627 

Increase in accrued payroll and related benefits

  4,625,401   9,288,990   2,822,808   674,988 

Increase (decrease) in interest payable to HCG Holdings LLC

  342,741   476,883   (141,226)  (620,206)  342,741   476,883   64,896   (416,593)

Increase in income taxes payable

        1,411,821               747,966 

Increase in deferred revenue

  1,379,741   893,145   1,207,224   1,710,494   1,379,741   893,145   2,791,867   323,555 
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  (9,759,316)  4,034,135   583,456   (5,148,871)  (9,759,316)  4,034,135   105,267   937,596 
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

  

Purchase of property and equipment

  (2,311,696)  (4,178,538)  (1,091,150)  (532,315)  (2,311,696)  (4,178,538)  (2,104,810)  (3,034,714)

Acquisition of intangibles

  (6,324,415)  (60,000)        (6,324,415)  (60,000)      
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

  (8,636,111)  (4,238,538)  (1,091,150)  (532,315)  (8,636,111)  (4,238,538)  (2,104,810)  (3,034,714)
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock

  259,469            259,469          

Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock

  9,000   3,000         9,000   3,000   3,000    

Proceeds from issuance of 8% preferred stock

  12,500,000            12,500,000          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     3,694      325      3,694   2,031   39,075 

Proceeds from borrowings under line of credit

     19,175,000      14,000,000      19,175,000   21,500,000   34,200,000 

Repayments on line of credit

     (19,175,000)     (12,500,000)     (19,175,000)  (21,500,000)  (34,200,000)

Proceeds from notes issued to HCG Holdings LLC

  10,075,764            10,075,764          

Dividends paid

           (1,250,000)
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

  22,844,233   6,694      1,500,325 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  22,844,233   6,694   5,031   (1,210,925)
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  4,448,806   (197,709)  (507,694)  (4,180,861)  4,448,806   (197,709)  (1,994,512)  (3,308,043)

Cash and cash equivalents:

  

Beginning of the period

     4,448,806   4,448,806   4,251,097      4,448,806   4,448,806   4,251,097 
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


End of the period

 $4,448,806  $4,251,097  $3,941,112  $70,236  $4,448,806  $4,251,097  $2,454,294  $943,054 
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Noncash transaction:

  

Accrued dividends on 8% preferred stock

 $645,735  $1,066,265  $253,031  $273,281  $645,735  $1,066,265  $515,642  $558,399 
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

  

Cash paid for interest

 $  $416,979  $374,512  $910,681  $  $416,979  $377,127  $920,310 

Cash paid for taxes

 $  $3,736,471  $14,125  $43,640  $  $3,736,471  $3,688,450  $2,099,740 
 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 


 

F-6


Huron Consulting Group Inc.


 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

1.    Description of business

 

Huron Consulting Group Inc. (the “Company”) was formed on March 19, 2002. The Company’s wholly- owned subsidiary, Huron Consulting GroupServices LLC (“Huron LLC”), is an independent provider of financial and operational consulting services, whose clients include Fortune 500 companies, medium-sized and large businesses, leading academic institutions, healthcare organizations and the law firms that represent these various organizations. The Company is a majority owned subsidiary of HCG Holdings LLC.

 

2.    Summary of significant accounting policies

 

Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the results of operations and cash flows for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002, the year ended December 31, 2003, and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003 and 2004.

 

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Huron LLC. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Interim financial information

The interim consolidated financial statements as of March 31,June 30, 2004 and for the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003 and 2004 and the financial data and the other information for these periods disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements are unaudited. In the opinion of management, the interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for the fair presentation of the interim results. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods.

 

Unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31,June 30, 2004 reflects the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock into shares of Class A common stock and the renaming of the Class A common stock to “common stock,” pursuant to the terms of ourthe Company’s certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of the Company’s proposed initial public offering.

 

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share

The unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share and the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflect certain events that will occur upon the consummation of the Company’s proposed initial public offering of common stock, but do not reflect shares or proceeds from the offering. The pro forma adjustments to net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders include an adjustment of approximately $483,000 and $117,000$245,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, to eliminate the interest expense, net of tax expense, related to the repayment of the Company’s outstanding notes payable to HCG Holdings LLC and an adjustment of approximately $1,066,000 and $273,000$558,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, to eliminate the accrued dividends on 8% preferred stock associated with the redemption of the Company’s outstanding 8% preferred stock. The notes payable to HCG Holdings LLC will be repaid and the 8% preferred stock will be redeemed by the


F-7


Notes to consolidated financial statements


Company with a portion of the net proceeds from the initial public offering. The pro forma weighted average shares outstanding represents an increase of 2,915,996 and 2,969,718 weighted average shares as of December 31, 2003 and March 31,June 30, 2004, respectively, related to shares that would have been issued to repay the notes payable to HCG Holdings LLC and to redeem the 8% preferred stock (including the liquidation participation amount), as if these


F-7


Notes to consolidated financial statements


transactions occurred at the beginning of each period. The pro forma weighted average shares outstanding also include the issuance of 769,700 shares of restricted common stock as of December 31, 2003 and March 31,June 30, 2004 as if this transaction also occurred at the beginning of each period.

 

  Year ended
December 31,
2003
 Three months
ended
March 31,
2004


  Year ended
December 31,
2003
 Six months
ended
June 30,
2004
  (unaudited)  (unaudited)

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $(2,128,682) $2,073,697  $(2,128,682) $6,674,160

Unaudited pro forma adjustment

   1,549,210   390,410   1,549,210   803,029
  


 

  


 

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $(579,472) $2,464,107  $(579,472) $7,477,189
  


 

  


 

Unaudited pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

      

Basic

  $                  $              $(0.04) $0.50

Diluted

     $(0.04) $0.47

Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating net loss (income) attributable to common shareholders per share:

   

Unaudited pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating unaudited pro forma net loss (income) attributable to common shareholders per share:

   

Basic

      14,786,954   14,981,043

Diluted

      14,786,954   15,974,947

 

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts that are reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenues in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” as amended by SAB No. 104, “Revenue Recognition” when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the related services are provided, the price is fixed and determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. These services are primarily rendered under arrangements that require the client to pay on a time-and-expense basis. Fees are based on the hours incurred at agreed-upon rates and recognized as services are provided. Revenues related to fixed-fee engagements are recognized based on estimates of work completed versus the total services to be provided under the engagement. Losses, if any, on fixed-fee engagements are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. The Company also earns revenues on a performance-based fee basis and recognizes such revenues when all performance criteria are met. The Company also has contracts with clients to deliver multiple services that are covered under both individual and separate engagement letters. These arrangements allow for the Company’s services to be valued and accounted for on a separate basis. Direct costs incurred on engagements, including performance-based fee engagements, are expensed in the period incurred.


F-8


Notes to consolidated financial statements


 

Provisions are recorded for the estimated realization adjustments on all engagements, including engagements for which fees are subject to review by the bankruptcy courts. Expense reimbursements that are billable to clients are included in total revenues and reimbursable expenses, and typically an equivalent amount of reimbursable expenses are included in total direct costs and reimbursable expenses. Reimbursable expenses related to time-and-expense and fixed-fee engagements are recognized as revenue in the period in which the expense is incurred. Reimbursable expenses subject to performance-based criteria are recognized as revenue when all performance criteria are met.

 

Differences between the timing of billings and the recognition of revenue are recognized as either unbilled services or deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Revenues recognized for services performed but not yet billed to clients have been recorded as unbilled services. Client


F-8


Notes to consolidated financial statements


prepayments and retainers are classified as deferred (i.e., unearned) revenue and recognized over future periods as earned in accordance with the applicable engagement agreement.

Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts and for services performed but not yet billed for estimated losses based on several factors, including the historical percentages of fee adjustments and write-offs by practice group, an assessment of a client’s ability to make required payments and the estimated cash realization from amounts due from clients. The allowance is assessed by management on a quarterly basis.

The provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services is recorded as a reduction in revenue to the extent the provision relates to fee adjustments and other discretionary pricing adjustments. To the extent the provision relates to a client’s inability to make required payments, the provision is recorded in operating expenses.

 

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses

Direct costs and reimbursable expenses consists primarily of billable employee compensation and their related benefit costs, the cost of outside consultants or subcontractors assigned to revenue generating activities and direct expenses to be reimbursed by clients.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposited in demand deposits at banks and overnight investments.

 


F-9


Notes to consolidated financial statements


Earnings per share

The net (loss) income per share calculations for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002, the year ended December 31, 2003 and the threesix months ended March 31,June 30, 2003 and 2004 is presented below:

 

   

Period from

March 19, 2002

(inception) to

December 31,

2002

  

Year ended

December 31,

2003

  

Three months

ended March 31,


 
     2003  2004 

 
         (unaudited) 

Basic net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

                 

Net (loss) income

  $(4,166,012) $(1,062,417) $1,941,241  $2,346,978 

Dividends accrued on 8% preferred stock

   (645,735)  (1,066,265)  (253,031)  (273,281)

Amount allocated to preferred stockholders

         (1,652,326)  (700,366)
   


 


 


 


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—basic

  $(4,811,747) $(2,128,682) $35,884  $1,373,331 

Weighted average common stock outstanding

   27,146,858   27,303,203   27,146,858   27,540,425 

Basic net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05 
   


 


 


 


Diluted net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

                 

Net (loss) income

  $(4,166,012) $(1,062,417) $1,941,241  $2,346,978 

Dividends accrued on 8% preferred stock

   (645,735)  (1,066,265)  (253,031)  (273,281)

Amount allocated to preferred stockholders

         (1,652,326)  (700,366)
   


 


 


 


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $(4,811,747) $(2,128,682) $35,884  $1,373,331 

Weighted average common stock outstanding

   27,146,858   27,303,203   27,146,858   27,540,425 

Weighted average common stock equivalents—options

            1,778,212 
   


 


 


 


Adjusted weighted average common stock
—diluted

   27,146,858   27,303,203   27,146,858   29,318,637 

Diluted net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05 
   


 


 


 



F-9


Notes to consolidated financial statements


   

Period from

March 19, 2002

(inception) to

December 31,

2002

  

Year ended

December 31,

2003

  

Six months

ended June 30,


 
     2003  2004 
         (unaudited) 

Basic net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

                 

Net (loss) income

  $(4,166,012) $(1,062,417) $1,860,171  $7,232,559 

Dividends accrued on 8% preferred stock

   (645,735)  (1,066,265)  (515,642)  (558,399)

Amount allocated to preferred stockholders

         (745,414)  (622,336)
   


 


 


 


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—basic

  $(4,811,747) $(2,128,682) $599,115  $6,051,824 

Weighted average common stock outstanding

   11,802,982   11,870,958   11,805,752   12,011,324 

Basic net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share

  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.50 
   


 


 


 


Diluted net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share:

                 

Net (loss) income

  $(4,166,012) $(1,062,417) $1,860,171  $7,232,559 

Dividends accrued on 8% preferred stock

   (645,735)  (1,066,265)  (515,642)  (558,399)

Amount allocated to preferred stockholders

         (745,414)  (622,336)
   


 


 


 


Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $(4,811,747) $(2,128,682) $599,115  $6,051,824 

Weighted average common stock outstanding

   11,802,982   11,870,958   11,805,752   12,011,324 

Weighted average common stock equivalents—options

         551,074   993,904 
   


 


 


 


Adjusted weighted average common stock
—diluted

   11,802,982   11,870,958   12,356,826   13,005,228 

Diluted net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share

  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.47 
   


 


 


 


 

Income, after the deduction for the accrued preferred dividends, has been allocated to the common and preferred stock based on their respective rights to share in dividends. The 8% preferred stock participates in any dividends paid to common stock on an as converted basis using the current period estimated fair market value of a share of common stock. Weighted average common stock equivalents of approximately 1,200,000718,030 for the year ended December 31, 2003 were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share, as they would have been anti-dilutive. There are no dilutive securities for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and the three months ended March 31, 2003 as the estimated fair market value of the common stock was equal to the strike price of options granted.


F-10


Notes to consolidated financial statements


 

Concentrations of credit risk

To the extent receivables from customers become delinquent, collection activities commence. No single customer balance is considered large enough to pose a significant credit risk. The provisionallowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services is based upon the expected ability to collect accounts receivable and bill and collect unbilled services. Management does not anticipate incurring losses on accounts receivable in excess of established allowances.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair market value. The carrying values for receivables from clients, unbilled services, accounts payable, deferred revenue and other accrued liabilities reasonably approximate fair market value due to the nature of the financial instrument and the short term maturity of these items.

 

Property and equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life.

 

Property and equipment, net at December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003, is composed of the following:

   December 31,

   
  2002  2003  Useful life

Computers, related equipment and software

  $1,751,753  $3,943,357  2-3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   210,937   1,021,312  5 years

Leasehold improvements

   349,006   1,525,339  Shorter of lease term or useful life
   


 


  
    2,311,696   6,490,008   

Total accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (412,742)  (1,991,757)  
   


 


  
   $1,898,954  $4,498,251   
   


 


  

 

Long-lived assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,” which became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. No impairment charges were recorded in 2002 and 2003.

 

Intangible assets

The Company accounts for intangible assets under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” This standard requires that certain identifiable intangible assets be amortized over their expected useful lives.

 

Non-current liabilities

The Company records certain liabilities that are expected to be settled over a period that exceeds one year as non-current liabilities. The Company has recorded in accrued expenses the loss on abandonment of one of its leases as a non-current liability for the payments that are expected to exceed a one-year term. The Company has also recorded as non-current the portion of the deferred lease incentive liability that the Company expects to recognize over a period greater than one year. The payments that will be


 

F-10F-11


Notes to consolidated financial statements


paid within twelve months of the balance sheet date related to the lease abandonment and the deferred lease incentive are classified as current liabilities. The Company monitors the classification of such liabilities based on the expectation of their utilization periods.

 

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003, totaled $143,813 and $300,849, respectively.

 

Income taxes

Current tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on the tax returns for the current year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

 

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income consists solely of net income (loss). There are no other changes in stockholders’ deficit except those resulting from investments by owners.

 

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations and elects the disclosure option of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 123 requires that companies either recognize compensation expense for grants of stock, stock options and other equity instruments based on fair value, or provide pro forma disclosure of net income and earnings per share in the notes to the financial statements. Accordingly, the Company has measured compensation expense for stock options as the excess, if any, of the estimated fair market value of stock, based upon the results of an independent appraisal, at the date of grant over the exercise price.

 


F-12


Notes to consolidated financial statements


The following table details the effect on net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders and net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders per share if compensation expense for the stock plans had been recorded based on the fair value method under SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation.”123.

 

   

Period from

March 19, 2002

(inception) to

December 31,

2002

  

Year ended

December 31,

2003

  

Three months

ended March 31,


 
     2003  2004 

 
         (unaudited) 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $(4,811,747) $(2,128,682) $1,688,210  $2,073,697 

Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net (loss) income, net of related tax effects

      24,911      8,450 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects

   (224)  (27,775)  (381)  (21,699)
   


 


 


 


Pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $(4,811,971) $(2,131,546) $1,687,829  $2,060,448 

Earnings per share:

                 

Basic—as reported

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05 

Basic—pro forma

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05 

Diluted—as reported

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05 

Diluted—pro forma

  $(0.18) $(0.08) $0.01  $0.05 


F-11


Notes to consolidated financial statements


   

Period from

March 19, 2002

(inception) to

December 31,

2002

  

Year ended

December 31,

2003

  

Six months

ended June 30,


 
     2003  2004 
         (unaudited) 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $(4,811,747) $(2,128,682) $1,344,529  $6,674,160 

Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net (loss) income, net of related tax effects

      24,911      143,011 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects

   (224)  (27,775)  (6,603)  (149,710)
   


 


 


 


Pro forma net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  $(4,811,971) $(2,131,546) $1,337,926  $6,667,461 

Earnings per share:

                 

Basic—as reported

  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.50 

Basic—pro forma

  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.50 

Diluted—as reported

  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.47 

Diluted—pro forma

  $(0.41) $(0.18) $0.05  $0.47 

 

Segment reporting

SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” establishes annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprises business segments and related disclosures about its products, services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company provides services through two segments: Financial Consulting and Operational Consulting. The Financial Consulting segment provides services that help clients effectively address complex challenges that arise from litigation, disputes, investigations, regulation, financial distress and other sources of significant conflict or change. The Operational Consulting segment provides services that help clients improve the overall efficiency and effectiveness of their operations by enhancing revenue, reducing costs managing regulatory compliance and maximizing procurement efficiency.

 

New accounting pronouncements

In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” This statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires the issuer to classify a financial instrument that is within the scope of the standard as a liability if the financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. The adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 150 did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In November 2002, the FASB reached a consensus on Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21. EITF Issue No. 00-21 provides guidance on how to account for revenue arrangements that include multiple products or services to ensure that all standalone deliverables are tracked, valued and


F-13


Notes to consolidated financial statements


accounted for on an individual basis and in the proper periods. The guidance in EITF Issue No. 00-21 is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company has contracts with clients to deliver multiple services that are covered under both individual and separate engagement letters. Such arrangements allow for the Company’s services to be valued and accounted for on a separate basis. Therefore, the adoption of EITF Issue No. 00-21 did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities and Interpretation of ARB No. 51,” which is effective immediately for all variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003 and for the first fiscal year or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 for variable interest entities in which an enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February 1, 2003. The Company does not have variable interest entities that fall within the scope of this pronouncement and therefore the adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on its financial statements.

 

In March 2004, the FASB issued an Exposure Draft on “Share-Based Payment, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 123 and 95.” In this proposed Statement, the FASB believes that employee services received in exchange for equity instruments give rise to recognizable compensation cost as the services are used in the issuing entity’s operations. In addition, the proposed statement would require that public companies measure the compensation cost related to employee services received in exchange for equity instruments issued based on the grant-date fair value of those instruments. This proposed statement would neither change the accounting in FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” for transactions in which an enterprise exchanges its equity instruments for services of parties other than employees nor change the accounting for stock ownership plans, which are subject to American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 93-6, “Employer’s Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans.” The FASB intends to reconsider the accounting for those transactions and plans in a later phase of its project on equity-based compensation. The FASB will also consider other items such as streamlining volatility assumptions and addressing the fair value measurement models. The Company’s management will continue to assess the potential impact this statement will have on the Company.

 

3.    Intangible assets

 

During 2002, the Company obtained a release of certain employees from non-competition agreements with Arthur Andersen LLP, their former employer, in exchange for a payment of $5,502,500 and the assumption of certain related liabilities in the amount of $821,915. The Company estimates that the value received as a result of the employees’ release from these agreements has a useful life of eighteen months, the length of the restrictive covenants in the agreements with Arthur Andersen LLP.

 


F-12


Notes to consolidated financial statements


Aggregate amortization expense for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003 was $2,635,172 and $3,749,243, respectively. The remaining net book value of the intangible asset was fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

4.    Employee benefit plan

 

The Company sponsors a qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan covering substantially all of its employees. Under the plan, employees are entitled to make both pre-tax and after-tax contributions. The Company matches an amount equal to the employees’ contributions up to 6% of the employees’ salaries. The Company’s matching contributions for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003 were $887,466 and $2,330,542, respectively.


F-14


Notes to consolidated financial statements


 

5.    Related party transactions

 

On April 23, 2002, HCG Holdings LLC, on behalf of the Company, entered into an agreement with Lake Capital Management LLC, a related party, under which Lake Capital Management LLC agreed to provide certain management services to the Company in exchange for a $1,500,000 payment. The Company paid an additional $1,000,000 fee upon termination of the agreement in July 2002. Lake Capital Management LLC is an interest holder of HCG Holdings LLC.

 

In connection with an Advisory Services Agreement, dated April 23, 2002, between HCG Holdings LLC, on behalf of the Company, and PPM America Private Equity Fund, L.P., or PPM LP, a member of HCG Holdings LLC, the Company paid PPM LP $250,000 for certain advisory services. The advisory services agreement was terminated in July 2002.

 

6.    Income taxes

 

The income tax benefit for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003 consists of the following:

 

   

Period from
March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,

2002

  Year ended
December 31,
2003
 

Current:

         

Federal

  $  $1,139,525 

State

   13,325   306,609 
   


 


    13,325   1,446,134 
   


 


Deferred:

         

Federal

   (2,170,956)  (1,256,082)

State

   (539,368)  (312,069)
   


 


    (2,710,324)  (1,568,151)
   


 


Total benefit

  $(2,696,999) $(122,017)
   


 


 


F-13


Notes to consolidated financial statements


Reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows. The 2003 tax rate effects are due to the relative low amount of pretax loss in 2003.

 

   

Period from
March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,

2002

  

Year ended
December 31,

2003

 

Percent of pretax income:

       

At U.S. statutory tax rate—expense (benefit)

  (35.0)% (35.0)%

State income taxes

  (5.1)% (5.2)%

Meals and entertainment

  0.8% 17.9%

Other non deductible items

    12.0%
   

 

Effective tax benefit rates

  (39.3)% (10.3)%
   

 

 

Other non deductible items include taxes not deductible for Federal income tax purposes.

 


F-15


Notes to consolidated financial statements


Deferred tax assets at December 31, 2002 and 2003 consist of the following:

 

  December 31,

 
  2002  2003   December 31,

 


   2002  2003 

Net operating loss carryforward

  $1,369,293  $407,903   $1,369,293  $407,903 

Amortization of intangibles

   947,013   2,282,498    947,013   2,282,498 

Provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

   153,465   720,271 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

   153,465   720,271 

Accrued liabilities

   130,289   1,143,965    130,289   1,143,965 

Property, plant and equipment

      (300,869)      (300,869)

Prepaid expenses

      (132,194)      (132,194)

Other

   110,264   156,901    110,264   156,901 
  

  


  

  


Deferred income tax assets

  $2,710,324  $4,278,475   $2,710,324  $4,278,475 
  

  


  

  


 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had a net operating loss carryforward for U.S. federal income tax purposes of approximately $1.1 million that begins to expire in 2023. The income tax loss carryforward may be subject to certain limitations based upon changes in ownership that could impair the ability to utilize the benefits of this loss in the future. Although realization of the net deferred tax asset is not assured, management believes, based upon current estimates, that it is more likely than not that all of the net deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has not been recorded as of December 31, 2002 or 2003.

 

7.    Notes payable to HCG Holdings LLC

 

At various times during 2002, the Company entered into promissory note agreements with HCG Holdings LLC. The total principal amount borrowed under the promissory note agreements as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 is $10,075,764. Interest accrues daily on the promissory notes at a rate of 8% per year and aggregated $342,741 and $819,624 at December 31, 2002 and 2003. Interest is payable annually beginning on January 2, 2003. The notes mature five years and six months from the date of issuance as follows:

 

2007

  $100,502

2008

   9,975,262
   

   $10,075,764
   

 


F-14


Notes to consolidated financial statements


The Company may prepay the principal at any time without penalty. Prepayment of the notes is mandatory upon a fundamental change, change of control or qualified public offering, as defined in the promissory note agreements.

 

8.    Line of credit and guarantee

 

Huron LLC hashad a committed borrowing facility amounting to the lesser of $5.0 million or 75% of eligible accounts receivable that was unused as of December 31, 2003, the term expiring on January 31, 2004. Before expiring, the borrowing facility was amended to extend the term to February 10, 2005 and increase the total availability to the lesser of $15.0 million or the sum of (a) 75% of eligible accounts receivable and (b) the lesser of 30% of unbilled services the latter not to exceedand $3.0 million. As of June 30, 2004, there were no borrowings under the credit agreement. Borrowings under the new credit agreement will bear interest at either the prime rate or LIBOR, rounded up to the nearest whole percentage, plus 2.75%. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of Huron LLC’s assets. At December 31, 2003, Huron LLC was in compliance with or obtained waivers for its debt covenants.

 


F-16


Notes to consolidated financial statements


Guarantees in the form of letters of credit of $1.0 million and $1.7 million were outstanding at December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2004, respectively, to support certain office lease obligations.

 

9.    Capital structure

 

The Company’s capital structure consists of 8% Preferred Stock, Preferred Stock and Class A and Class B Common Stock.

 

8% preferred stock

The 8% preferred stock has a stated value of $1,000 per share and accrues dividends on a daily basis, compounded annually, at the rate of 8% per annum on the stated value. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the 8% preferred stock will be entitled to be paid an amount equal to the stated value plus all cumulative accrued and unpaid dividends (the “Liquidation Preference”) before any distributions are made with respect to Preferred Stock or Class A and Class B Common Stock. Remaining assets for distribution will be distributed on a share for share basis, to the holders of the Class A and Class B Common Stock and the holders of the 8% preferred stock. The Liquidation Preference and the pro rata portion of the 8% preferred stock’s liquidation participation amount are collectively referred to as the “Liquidation Amount.”

 

At any time after April 23, 2008, holders of the 8% preferred stock may require the Company to redeem all or a portion of their stock at the Liquidation Amount, calculated as if the Company were to be liquidated as of the date of such redemption, provided that during the one-year prior to April 23, 2009, the Company is not required to redeem more than 50% of the 8% preferred stock from any holder. At any time, the Company may redeem the 8% preferred stock at the Liquidation Amount, calculated as if the Company were to be liquidated as of the date of such redemption.

 

In the event of a qualified public offering, holders of the 8% preferred stock have the right to either (i) convert each share of 8% preferred stock into Class A Common Stock, based on the Liquidation Amount less accrued but unpaid dividends, as well as receive payment of the accrued but unpaid dividends; (ii) convert each share of 8% preferred stock into Class A Common Stock, based on the Liquidation Amount; or (iii) continue to hold all of the 8% preferred stock. The conversion rate is based on the Liquidation Amount (less accrued and unpaid dividends, if applicable) divided by the mid-range offering price of a share of common stock to be sold to the public in a qualified public offering.

 

Preferred stock

The Company is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any of the 200,00050,000,000 authorized Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting


F-15


Notes to consolidated financial statements


powers and such distinctive designations or other special rights and restrictions as shall be stated and expressed in the resolutions adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, no such Preferred Stock have been approved or issued.

 

Common stock

Subject to the rights of the holders of the 8% preferred stock and any series of Preferred Stock, holders of voting Class A and nonvoting Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends declared by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Upon a change in control or qualified public offering, all issued and outstanding Class B Common Stock will be converted into Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock will cease to exist.

 


F-17


Notes to consolidated financial statements


Under the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, an officer of Huron LLC purchased 1,200,000521,740 shares of Class B Common Stock during 2002, which are subject to vesting and forfeiture provisions, at a cost of $0.01$0.023 per share. In limited circumstances, the Company has repurchase rights with respect to vested and unvested shares.

 

10.    Equity incentive plan

 

In 2002, the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (California) were established pursuant to which up to 4,500,0001,316,740 Class B non-voting and 250,000108,696 Class A voting shares, respectively, may be granted. In 2003, the Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan was established pursuant to which up to 3,168,0001,377,392 Class B nonvoting shares may be granted. The equity incentive plans (the “Plans”) provide for the issuance of equity options, equity appreciation rights and equity awards to employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors to the Company.

 

The equity option activity under the Plans is as follows:

 

  Common
shares
 Weighted
average
exercise price


  Common
shares
 Weighted
average
exercise price

Balance at March 19, 2002 (inception)

    $    $

Granted

  1,968,500   0.01  855,890   0.02

Exercised

          

Forfeited

  (30,000)  0.01  (13,044)  0.02

Expired

          
  

 

  

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

  1,938,500   0.01  842,846   0.02

Granted

  2,151,000   0.27  935,302   0.60

Exercised

  (369,375)  0.01  (160,608)  0.02

Forfeited

  (42,000)  0.10  (18,267)  0.18

Expired

          
  

 

  

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

  3,678,125  $0.15  1,599,273   0.36

Granted (unaudited)

  973,500   0.85  422,449   1.96

Exercised (unaudited)

  (32,500)  0.01  (213,028)  0.18

Forfeited (unaudited)

  (149,500)  0.09  (95,653)  0.57

Expired (unaudited)

          
  

 

  

 

Balance at March 31, 2004 (unaudited)

  4,469,625  $0.31

Balance at June 30, 2004 (unaudited)

  1,713,041  $0.76
  

 

  

 

During the eighteen-month period ended June 30, 2004, the Company granted options with exercise prices as follows:

Grants Made During

Quarter Ended

  

Number of

Options

Granted

    

Weighted-

Average Exercise
Price Per Share

    

Weighted-

Average Fair Value

Per Share

    

Intrinsic

Value Per

Share

March 31, 2003

     64,130    $0.07    $0.85    $0.78

June 30, 2003

     598,346      0.53      0.85      0.32

September 30, 2003

     66,304      0.85      0.85          —

December 31, 2003

     206,522      0.85      2.05      1.20

March 31, 2004 (unaudited)

     422,449      1.96      8.28      6.32

June 30, 2004 (unaudited)

               —          —          —          —

 


 

F-16F-18


Notes to consolidated financial statements


The intrinsic value per share is being recorded as compensation expense over the applicable vesting period. Given the lack of a public market for the Company’s common stock, the Company established an estimated fair value of the common stock as well as the exercise price for the options to purchase this stock. At various dates during the year, the Company estimated the fair value of the common stock by evaluating the results of business activities and projections of future results of operations.

 

The characteristics of outstanding and of exercisable stock options under the Company’s Plans at December 31, 2003 were as follows:

 

  

December 31, 2003


  

Options outstanding


 

Options exercisable


Having a

Per share exercise
price of

 

Weighted

average

remaining life

 

Number of

shares

 

Weighted

average

remaining life

 

Number of

shares


$0.01

 8.6 1,826,625 8.7 107,750

$0.25

 9.4 1,072,500  

$0.32

 9.4 101,500  

$0.37

 9.9 677,500  
  
 
 
 

Total

 9.1 3,678,125 8.7 107,750
  
 
 
 
  

December 31, 2003


  

Options outstanding


 

Options exercisable


Having a

Per share exercise
price of

 

Weighted

average

remaining life

 

Number of

shares

 

Weighted

average

remaining life

 

Number of

shares

$0.00–0.02

 8.6 794,199 8.7 46,847

$0.03–0.58

 9.4 466,797  

$0.59–0.74

 9.4 43,703  

$0.75–0.85

 9.9 294,574  
  
 
 
 

Total

 9.1 1,599,273 8.7 46,847
  
 
 
 

 

As of December 31, 2003, there were exercisable equity options of 107,750,46,847, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.01.$0.02. There were no options exercisable at December 31, 2002. Subject to acceleration under certain conditions, all equity options vest and become fully exercisable after 4 years from the date of grant so long as the employee remains employed by the Company. All options expire ten years after the grant date.

 

The fair value of each equity option is estimated (on the date of grant) based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003:

 

   December 31,

 
   2002  2003 

Dividend yield

  None  None 

Risk-free interest rate

  3.3% 2.3%

Expected option life (in years)

  5  4 

 

See Note 2 for compensation expense for the PlanPlans using the fair value-based method, consistent with SFAS No. 123.

 

11.    Commitments and contingencies

 

Litigation

From time to time, the Company is involved in various legal matters arising out of the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome of these matters cannot presently be determined, in the opinion of management, disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 


 

F-17F-19


Notes to consolidated financial statements


 

Lease commitments

The Company has various lease agreements, principally for office space, with various renewal options. Rental expense, including operating costs and taxes, for the period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2003 was $1,152,595 and $2,993,462, respectively. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2003, are as follows:

 

2004

  $3,322,034  $3,322,034

2005

   3,962,048   3,962,048

2006

   3,618,413   3,618,413

2007

   3,586,258   3,586,258

2008

   3,233,891   3,233,891

Thereafter

   14,179,372
  

  

Total minimum lease commitments

  $17,722,644  $31,902,016
  

  

 

12.    Segment information

 

Segment operating income consists of the revenues generated by a segment, less the direct costs of revenue and selling, general and administrative costs that are incurred directly by the segment. Unallocated corporate costs include costs related to administrative functions that are performed in a centralized manner that are not attributable to a particular segment. These administrative function costs include costs for corporate office support, all office facility costs, costs relating to accounting and finance, human resources, legal, marketing, information technology and company-wide business development functions, as well as costs related to overall corporate management.

 


 

F-18F-20


Notes to consolidated financial statements


 

The following table presents information about reported segments along with the items necessary to reconcile the segment information to the totals reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements:

 

  

Period from
March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,

2002

  

Year ended
December 31,

2003

  

Three months ended

March 31,


 
 2003 2004   

Period from
March 19, 2002
(inception) to
December 31,

2002

  

Year ended
December 31,

2003

  

Six months ended

June 30,


 


   2003 2004 
      (unaudited)       (unaudited) 

Financial Consulting:

      

Revenues

  $22,399,602  $69,941,301  $17,217,073  $24,718,194   $22,399,602  $69,941,301  $33,518,731  $50,826,200 

Segment operating income

   3,911,894   22,011,032   7,591,795   8,469,927    3,911,894   22,011,032   12,941,764   20,287,829 

Segment operating income as a percent of segment revenues

   17.5%  31.5%  44.1%  34.3%   17.5%  31.5%  38.6%  39.9%

Operational Consulting:

      

Revenues

  $12,701,110  $31,544,373  $5,994,684  $15,383,261   $12,701,110  $31,544,373  $13,404,614  $30,777,483 

Segment operating income

   3,527,188   5,383,260   1,336,258   5,114,233    3,527,188   5,383,260   3,033,381   10,237,687 

Segment operating income as a percent of segment revenues

   27.8%  17.1%  22.3%  33.2%   27.8%  17.1%  22.6%  33.3%

Total Company:

      

Revenues

  $35,100,712  $101,485,674  $23,211,757  $40,101,455   $35,100,712  $101,485,674  $46,923,345  $81,603,683 

Reimbursable expenses

   2,921,301   8,808,455   2,069,406   3,442,776    2,921,301   8,808,455   3,906,477   7,090,384 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Total revenues and reimbursable expenses

  $38,022,013  $110,294,129  $25,281,163  $43,544,231   $38,022,013  $110,294,129  $50,829,822  $88,694,067 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Statement of operations reconciliation:

      

Segment operating income

  $7,439,082  $27,394,292  $8,928,053  $13,584,160   $7,439,082  $27,394,292  $15,975,145  $30,525,516 

Charges not allocated at the segment level:

      

Other selling, general and administrative expenses

   7,205,793   20,614,477   4,123,036   6,589,194    7,205,793   20,614,477   9,475,512   14,327,317 

Depreciation and amortization expense

   3,047,914   5,328,484   1,289,964   603,053    3,047,914   5,328,484   2,657,997   1,074,842 

Loss on lease abandonment

      1,668,000             1,668,000       

Restructuring charge

            2,138,827             2,138,827 

Management and advisory fees paid to related parties and organization costs

   3,715,489             3,715,489          

Interest expense

   331,784   856,252   198,414   245,269    331,784   856,252   418,570   516,015 

Other expense

   1,113   111,513   428       1,113   111,513   111,513   (724)
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


Net (loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

  $(6,863,011) $(1,184,434) $3,316,211  $4,007,817   $(6,863,011) $(1,184,434) $3,311,553  $12,469,239 
  


 


 


 


  


 


 


 


  December 31,   March 31,   December 31,    June 30, 
 
         2002 2003   2004 
  2002 2003   2004         (unaudited) 

 
        (unaudited) 

Segment assets:

      

Financial Consulting

  $8,727,367  $15,960,872  $20,201,227   $8,727,367  $15,960,872  $21,419,176 

Operational Consulting

   3,837,219   7,103,108   11,303,782    3,837,219   7,103,108   12,755,714 

Unallocated assets

   14,018,073   16,824,730   11,037,062    14,018,073   16,824,730   14,756,933 
  


 


 


  


 


 


Total assets

  $26,582,659  $39,888,710  $42,542,071   $26,582,659  $39,888,710  $48,931,823 
  


 


 


  


 


 


 

All long-lived assets are in the United States. During 2002 and 2003, no customer in either segment accounted for 10% or more of total revenues of the Company.

 


 


F-19F-21


Notes to consolidated financial statements


 

13.    Valuation and qualifying accounts

 

The following summarizes the activity of the provisionallowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services:

 

  Balance at
beginning
of period
  Additions
charged to
income
  Deductions  Balance at
end of period


  Balance at
beginning
of period
  Additions
charged to
income
  Deductions  Balance at
end of period

Period from March 19, 2002 (inception) to December 31, 2002:

                        

Provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

  $  841,104  459,351  $381,753

Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

  $  841,104  459,351  $381,753

Year Ended December 31, 2003:

                        

Provision for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

  $381,753  5,334,767  3,924,800  $1,791,720

Allowance for doubtful accounts and unbilled services

  $381,753  5,334,767  3,924,800  $1,791,720

*Deductions include write-offs of accounts receivable, fee adjustments related to estimated overruns on fixed and capped fee engagements and other discretionary pricing adjustments.

 

14. Subsequent events (unaudited)

 

Restructuring charge

In March 2004, the Company incurred a $2.1 million pre-tax restructuring charge associated with the closing of two offices. The charge included an accrual of approximately $2.0 million for severance payments, all of which waswere paid in April 2004, and an accrual of approximately $0.1 million for office lease payments. The terms of the related office leases expire inpayments, which were paid by August 31, 2004.

 

Dividend

On May 12, 2004, the Company declared a special dividend on each outstanding share of Class A and Class B Common Stock and 8% preferred stock payable to holders of record on May 25, 2004. The 8% preferred stock participatesparticipated on an as converted basis. The aggregate amount of the dividend will betotaled $1.25 million.million and was paid on June 29, 2004.

 

Line of credit

At June 30, 2004, Huron LLC was in compliance with or obtained waivers for its debt covenants.

Severance charges

In September 2004, the Company decided to eliminate a service offering of a practice area in the operational consulting segment that was not meeting its expectations. Additionally, in a continual effort to streamline operations and allocate resources more appropriately, the Company reduced headcount in certain other practice areas across both segments. In connection with these actions, the Company expects to record charges in the third quarter of 2004 of approximately $2.1 million for severance payments.

Authorized shares; reverse stock split

Prior to the consummation of the Company’s proposed initial public offering, the Company intends to amend and restate its certificate of incorporation to, among other things, increase the authorized number of shares of Class A Common Stock from 32,433,573 to 500,000,000 and Preferred Stock from 200,000 to 50,000,000 and to effect a 1 for 2.3 reverse stock split of the Company’s outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock. All references to share and per share amounts have been adjusted retroactively for all periods presented to reflect the foregoing.

 


F-20F-22


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Huron Consulting Group Inc.LOGO



 

Part II

 

Information not required in prospectus

 

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts, other than the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee, are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

  $12,670  $14,571

NASD Filing fee

   10,500   12,000

NASDAQ National Market listing fee

   *   100,000

Printing and engraving expenses

   *   225,000

Legal fees and expenses

   *   1,600,000

Accounting fees and expenses

   *   800,000

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

   *   15,000

Premium for directors and officers insurance

   700,000

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

   *   250,000
  

  

Total

  $*  $3,716,571
  

  


* To be completed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors to a corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

 

Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person sperson’s conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify directors, officers, employees and other agents of such corporation in an action by or in the right of a corporation under the same conditions against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense and settlement of such action or suit, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the person to be indemnified has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where a present or former director or officer of the corporation is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any

 


 

II-1


Part II


 

action, suit or proceeding referred to above or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify such person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which he or she actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

 

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered into the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

 

The Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions that provide for indemnification of officers and directors and their heirs and representatives to the full extent permitted by, and in the manner permissible under, the DGCL.

 

As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation contains a provision eliminating the personal liability of a director to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, subject to some exceptions.

 

The Registrant maintains, at its expense, a policy of insurance which insures its directors and officers, subject to exclusions and deductions as are usual in these kinds of insurance policies, against specified liabilities which may be incurred in those capacities.

 

The Underwriting Agreement, contained in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, contains provisions indemnifying ourprovides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant, its directors and officers, HCG Holdings LLC (the selling stockholder), its directors, officers and directorsmembers and any person who controls the Registrant or HCG Holdings LLC within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against some typescertain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The underwriting agreement also provides for similar cross-indemnification by the Registrant and HCG Holdings LLC.

The Restricted Shares Award Agreement, contained in Exhibit 10.5, provides for cross-indemnification by the Registrant and Gary E. Holdren in connection with registration of liabilities.the Registrant’s common stock on behalf of Mr. Holdren.

The Registration Rights Agreement, contained in Exhibit 10.20, provides for cross-indemnification by the Registrant and HCG Holdings LLC in connection with registration of the Registrant’s common stock on behalf of HCG Holdings LLC.

 

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

The transactions described in this Item 15 with respect to the Registrant’s Class A and Class B common stock and options exerciseable therefor give effect to a 1 for 2.3 reverse stock split of the Registrant’s Class A and Class B common stock, which will occur prior to the consummation of the offering described in the prospectus contained in this Registration Statement.

1.  Between April and June 2002, in connection with our initial capitalization, we issued to HCG Holdings LLC an aggregate of 12,500 shares of our 8% preferred stock for an aggregate consideration of $12.5 million and an aggregate of approximately 25.9 million shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate consideration of approximately $0.3 million.

 


II-2


Part II


2.  In December 2002, the Registrant issued a total of 1,200,000521,740 shares of Class B common stock to Gary E. Holdren, the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer, for aggregate consideration of $12,000.

 

3.  Since inception,August 2002 through September 17, 2004, the Registrant has issued to officers, employees and third-party consultants options to purchase 4,838,0002,102,758 shares of Class B common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $.01$0.02 to $.85, and has$1.96. The Registrant did not issue any shares of Class B common stock in respect of these options in 2002. In 2003, the Registrant issued 409,375160,608 shares of Class B common stock upon exercise of such options for an aggregate exercise price of $4,094.$3,694. In 2004 (through September 17, 2004), the Registrant issued 214,815 shares of Class B common stock upon exercise of such options for an aggregate exercise price of $37,170. As of September 17, 2004, 146,671 of these options have been cancelled or forfeited and 1,580,574 remain outstanding.

 

4.  Since inception,August 2002 through September 17, 2004, the Registrant has issued to officers, directors,board members, employees and third-party consultants options to purchase 255,000110,883 shares of Class A common stock with per share exercises prices ranging from $.01$0.02 to $.85.$1.96. The Registrant did not issue any shares of Class A common stock in respect of these options in 2002 or 2003. In 2004 (through September 17, 2004), the Registrant has issued 4,513 shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of such options for an aggregate exercise price of $3,322. As of September 17, 2004, 16,903 of these options have been cancelled or forfeited and 89,467 remain outstanding.

 

The issuances of securities describedescribed in paragraph 1 of this Item 15 were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) or Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The issuances of securities described in paragraphs 2 through 4 of this Item 15 were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder as offers and sales of securities pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.

The recipients of securities in each such transaction described in this Item 15 represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sale of these securitiestransactions described in this Item 15 were made without general solicitation or advertising.advertising and no underwriter was employed in connection with any of such transactions.


II-2


Part II


 

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

a)    The following documents are exhibits to the Registration Statement.

 

Exhibit
number
 Description of exhibit

  1.1*  1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*3.1 Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Huron Consulting Group Inc.
  3.2** Second Amended and RestatedForm of Bylaws of Huron Consulting Group Inc.
  4.1** Form of Specimen Stock Certificate
  5.1*5.1 Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel to Huron Consulting Group Inc.
10.110.1** Office Lease, dated December 2003, between Union Tower, LLC and Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC.LLC).
10.2** Senior Management Agreement, effective as of May 13, 2002, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLCLLC) and Gary E. Holdren.
10.3*First Amendment to Senior Management Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2004, between Huron Consulting Group LLC and Gary E. Holdren.
10.4*Restricted Shares Award Agreement, dated December 10, 2002, between Huron Consulting Group Inc., Huron Consulting Group LLC, HCG Holdings LLC and Gary E. Holdren.
10.5*Restricted Shares Award Agreement, dated December 31, 2002, between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and Gary E. Holdren.
10.6*Senior Management Agreement, effective as of August 12, 2002, between Huron Consulting Group LLC and George E. Massaro.
10.7*Senior Management Agreement, effective as of May 15, 2002, between Huron Consulting Group LLC and Daniel Broadhurst.
10.8*Senior Management Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2002, between Huron Consulting Group LLC and Mary Sawall.
10.9*Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.10*Amendment No. 1 to Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.11*Amended and Restated Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (California) and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.12*Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.13*Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan and form of option and restricted stock agreement thereunder.
10.14*Second Amended and Restated Secured Revolving Line of Credit Note, dated February 11, 2004, between Huron Consulting Group LLC and LaSalle Bank, N.A.
10.15*Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between Huron Consulting Group LLC and LaSalle Bank, N.A., including amendments thereto, dated as of January 28, 2004, February 11, 2004 and May 7, 2004.
21.1*List of Subsidiaries of Huron Consulting Group Inc.

 


 

II-3


Part II


 

Exhibit
number
 Description of exhibit
10.3**First Amendment to Senior Management Agreement between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and Gary E. Holdren.
10.4Second Amendment to Senior Management Agreement between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and Gary E. Holdren.
10.5**Restricted Shares Award Agreement, dated December 10, 2002, between Huron Consulting Group Inc., Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC), HCG Holdings LLC and Gary E. Holdren.
10.6**Restricted Shares Award Agreement, dated December 31, 2002, between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and Gary E. Holdren.
10.7**Senior Management Agreement, effective as of August 12, 2002, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and George E. Massaro.
10.8First Amendment to Senior Management Agreement between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and George E. Massaro.
10.9**Senior Management Agreement, effective as of May 15, 2002, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and Daniel Broadhurst.
10.10First Amendment to Senior Management Agreement between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and Daniel Broadhurst.
10.11**Senior Management Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2002, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and Mary Sawall.
10.12First Amendment to Senior Management Agreement between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and Mary Sawall.
10.13**Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.14**Amendment No. 1 to Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.15**Amended and Restated Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (California) and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.16**Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.17Form of Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan and form of option and restricted stock agreement thereunder.
10.18**Second Amended and Restated Secured Revolving Line of Credit Note, dated February 11, 2004, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and LaSalle Bank, N.A.
10.19**Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and LaSalle Bank, N.A., including amendments thereto, dated as of January 28, 2004, February 11, 2004 and May 7, 2004.
10.20Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated                , 2004, between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and HCG Holdings LLC.


II-4


Part II


Exhibit
number
Description of exhibit
10.21Form of management rights letter agreement, dated          , 2004, between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and Lake Capital Partners LP.
21.1**List of Subsidiaries of Huron Consulting Group Inc.
23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2*23.2 Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.124.1** Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
99.199.1** Consent of Director Nominee (Deborah A. Bricker)
99.299.2** Consent of Director Nominee (James D. Edwards)
99.399.3** Consent of Director Nominee (John McCartney)
99.4**Consent of Director Nominee (DuBose Ausley)

** To be filed by amendment.Previously filed.

 

b)    Financial Statement Schedules

 

All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth in the schedules is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 


 

II-4II-5


Part II


 

SIGNATURES


 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on May 12,September 27, 2004.

 

HURON CONSULTING GROUP INC.

By:

 

/s/    GaryS/    GARY E. Holdren        HOLDREN        


Name:  

 Gary E. Holdren

Title:

 President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY


We, the undersigned directors and officers of Huron Consulting Group Inc., a Delaware corporation, do hereby constitute and appoint Gary L. Burge and Ronald C. Provenzano, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on May 12,September 27, 2004.

 

Signature  Title

/s/    GaryS/    GARY E. Holdren        HOLDREN        


Gary E. Holdren

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

/s/    George E. Massaro        *


George E. Massaro

  

Chief Operating Officer and Director

/s/    GaryS/    GARY L. Burge        BURGE        


Gary L. Burge

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

*By:

/S/    GARY L. BURGE        


Gary L. Burge,
as attorney-in-fact

 


 

II-5II-6



 

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number
 Description of exhibit

  1.1*  1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*  3.1 Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Huron Consulting Group Inc.
  3.2** Second Amended and RestatedForm of Bylaws of Huron Consulting Group Inc.
  4.1** Form of Specimen Stock Certificate
  5.1*  5.1 Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel to Huron Consulting Group Inc.
10.110.1** Office Lease, dated December 2003, between Union Tower, LLC and Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC.
LLC).
10.2** Senior Management Agreement, effective as of May 13, 2002, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLCLLC) and Gary E. Holdren.
10.3** First Amendment to Senior Management Agreement effective as of January 1, 2004, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLCLLC) and Gary E. Holdren.
10.4Second Amendment to Senior Management Agreement between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and Gary E. Holdren.
10.4*10.5** Restricted Shares Award Agreement, dated December 10, 2002, between Huron Consulting Group Inc., Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC,LLC), HCG Holdings LLC and Gary E. Holdren.
10.5*10.6** Restricted Shares Award Agreement, dated December 31, 2002, between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and Gary E. Holdren.
10.6*10.7** Senior Management Agreement, effective as of August 12, 2002, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLCLLC) and George E. Massaro.
10.8First Amendment to Senior Management Agreement between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and George E. Massaro.
10.7*10.9** Senior Management Agreement, effective as of May 15, 2002, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLCLLC) and Daniel Broadhurst.
10.10First Amendment to Senior Management Agreement between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and Daniel Broadhurst.
10.8*10.11** Senior Management Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2002, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLCLLC) and Mary Sawall.
10.12First Amendment to Senior Management Agreement between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and Mary Sawall.
10.9*10.13** Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.10*10.14** Amendment No. 1 to Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.11*10.15** Amended and Restated Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (California) and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.12*Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.13*Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan and form of option and restricted stock agreement thereunder.
10.14*Second Amended and Restated Secured Revolving Line of Credit Note, dated February 11, 2004, between Huron Consulting Group LLC and LaSalle Bank, N.A.
10.15*Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between Huron Consulting Group LLC and LaSalle Bank, N.A., including amendments thereto, dated as of January 28, 2004, February 11, 2004 and May 7, 2004.
21.1*List of Subsidiaries of Huron Consulting Group Inc.

 


 



 

Exhibit
number
 Description of exhibit

10.16**
Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan and form of options agreement thereunder.
10.17Form of Huron Consulting Group Inc. 2004 Omnibus Stock Plan and form of option and restricted stock agreement thereunder.
10.18**Second Amended and Restated Secured Revolving Line of Credit Note, dated February 11, 2004, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and LaSalle Bank, N.A.
10.19**Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between Huron Consulting Services LLC (formerly known as Huron Consulting Group LLC) and LaSalle Bank, N.A., including amendments thereto, dated as of January 28, 2004, February 11, 2004 and May 7, 2004.
10.20Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated                , 2004, between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and HCG Holdings LLC.
10.21Form of management rights letter agreement, dated                 , 2004, between Huron Consulting Group Inc. and Lake Capital Partners LP.
21.1**List of Subsidiaries of Huron Consulting Group Inc.
23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2*23.2 Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.124.1** Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
99.199.1** Consent of Director Nominee (Deborah A. Bricker)
99.299.2** Consent of Director Nominee (James D. Edwards)
99.399.3** Consent of Director Nominee (John McCartney)
99.4**Consent of Director Nominee (DuBose Ausley)

* To be filed by amendment.
**Previously filed.

 


 

2